• Skip to primary navigation
  • Skip to main content
  • Skip to primary sidebar
  • Home
  • About
  • Recipes
  • Contact
  • Favorites

Linen & Gray

menu icon
go to homepage
  • Home
  • About
  • Recipes
  • Contact
  • Favorites
search icon
Homepage link
  • Home
  • About
  • Recipes
  • Contact
  • Favorites
×
Home

The Blog

cosmic brownie cookies

January 22, 2026

These fudgy brownie cookies are inspired by Little Debbie cosmic brownies, although very loosely inspired. These are incredibly rich and more “grown up”. The cookie is technically a brownie, but it’s spiked with coffee and studded with dark chocolate. The ganache on top is so indulgent and rich with an almost smoky flavor that pairs so well with the brownie. Together it’s the perfect bite.

ingredients you’ll need

  • unsalted butter– Salted butter would work totally fine in this cookie. Since we are melting it, it doesn’t need to be room temp.
  • chocolate– The chocolate should be around 60% so that it’s not too dark or too milky. I like using Ghirardelli 60% chocolate bars for this, but I’ve found that the chocolate chip version of that chocolate works just as well. I also add those chocolate chips to the dough, so it is convenient to use them in both ways.
  • instant coffee– You can use instant coffee (like Folger’s) or espresso powder. I usually use 1 teaspoon of espresso powder, like this one. If you’re using Folger’s instant coffee, use a little more, like 2 tsp.
  • granulated sugar- For sweetness and texture- It’s going to provide the crispy edges and shiny skin on top that brownies are known for.
  • brown sugar– For sweetness and texture- Brown sugar adds a chewiness to baked goods, but brown sugar also adds a depth of flavor.
  • salt– Diamond Crystal is the best salt for baking, but if you just have table salt, then halve the amount of salt called for.
  • eggs– Whipping eggs with the sugar will create a light texture as well as that crackly shiny top to the brownie cookies.
  • vanilla– for flavor (I like to use vanilla bean paste because it has a stronger vanilla flavor. Some good ones are Nielsen-Massey, Heilala, The Spice House, and Rodelle.) We’ll also add vanilla bean paste to the mascarpone cream.
  • cocoa powder– Use Dutch process cocoa powder rather than natural cocoa powder. The flavor is richer and more chocolate-y. I use Rodelle Dutch process cocoa powder.
  • all purpose flour– the base of the dough
  • heavy whipping cream– to make the ganache
  • rainbow chips– I get mine from Nuts.com

*You can use my code EMILYLOGGANS for 10% at The Spice House. I love to get my vanilla, almond, salt, and spices there!

supplies you’ll need

  • #30 cookie scoop
  • wire mesh sieve
  • hand mixer or stand mixer– I use a hand mixer for this cookie.
  • spatula– A spatula is essential to scrape down the bowl throughout the process. Without scraping, you’ll end up with an unevenly mixed dough and cookies that are inconsistent. 
  • scale– If there’s one thing I can convince you of, please let it be a kitchen scale. 🙏🏻Using a scale makes everything easier with baking, and it ensures you get the same results every time. Flour is so easy to over-add with volume measurements, and a scale solves that problem.
  • parchment paper– I always roll my dough between two sheets of pre-cut parchment paper, which is by far the best way to roll out dough.
  • guided rolling pin– Rolling dough evenly is tricky with a regular rolling pin, but with a guided rolling pin, dough comes out evenly every time. It’s such a time saver and one of my favorite kitchen tools.
  • baking sheets– I use these cookie sheets for years, and they are amazing.

how to make cosmic brownie cookies

These brownie cookies are divided into two parts: the brownie cookie base and the ganache. Start with the brownie cookies, and make the ganache while the cookies bake and cool.

make the brownie cookies

Preheat the oven to 350 F.

To a small saucepan, add the butter and the chocolate chips. Melt on a low heat, stirring and being careful not to overheat the chocolate. The butter will melt more quickly, and once it’s melted, take it off the heat and stir until the rest of the chocolate is melted. Stir in the instant coffee. Set this aside.

To a mixing bowl, add the eggs, sugars, and salt. Mix with a hand mixer on medium-high speed until it is thick and mousse-y, about three minutes.

Pour the chocolate/butter mixture into the whipped eggs and fold gently until the chocolate and eggs are combined.

Using a fine mesh sieve, sift the cocoa powder and the flour into the mixture. It’s very important to sift cocoa powder, because it almost always has a lot of lumps.

Fold the dry ingredients in gently, adding the chocolate chips to the mixture before it’s fully combined. Finish folding the batter together until no more dry bits remain.

Scoop the cookies with a #30 cookie scoop onto a parchment lined baking sheet. Bake the cookies for 10-12 minutes. Let them cool on the baking sheet for a few minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely. Moving them prematurely will cause them to fall apart.

This recipe makes about 20-22 cookies that are about 2 ½″ in diameter when using a #30 scoop.

success tips for making cosmic brownie cookies

  • Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together before ever starting the recipe will help tremendously.
  • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.
  • For perfectly round cookies, use a large metal cookie cutter to scoot the hot cookies into shape. I’m addicted to doing this.

serving with, other toppings, variations on, etc.

This fudgy brownie cookie can be the base for ANYTHING. It is such an incredibly cookie, and it is very customizable. Here are a few variations I have made with it (that you can currently find on Instagram, but will be coming to this blog soon):

  • cosmic brownie cookies
  • peanut butter brownie cookies
  • black brownie cookies
  • peppermint bark brownie cookies
  • Ghirardelli square brownie cookies (try caramel squares or any of their seasonal flavors)
  • peppermint bark brownie cookies

watch how to make cosmic brownie cookies

Print

cosmic brownie cookies

Print Recipe

These fudgy brownie cookies are inspired by Little Debbie cosmic brownies, although very loosely inspired. These are incredibly rich and more “grown up”. The cookie is technically a brownie, but it’s spiked with coffee and studded with dark chocolate. The ganache on top is so indulgent and rich with an almost smoky flavor that pairs so well with the brownie. Together it’s the perfect bite.

  • Author: Emily Loggans
  • Yield: 18–20 1x

Ingredients

Scale

brownie cookie

113g unsalted butter (salted is fine)

113.5g (4 oz.) dark chocolate, like Ghirardelli 60% chips or bars

2 tsp instant coffee, like Folger’s

1 tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt, or ½ tsp regular salt

150g (¾ cup) granulated sugar

110g (½ cup) brown sugar

2 eggs

1 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

46g (½ cup) Dutch process cocoa powder

90g (¾ cup) all purpose flour

½ tsp baking powder

180g (1 cup) chopped chocolate or chocolate chips, like Ghirardelli 60%

ganache

180g dark chocolate (Ghirardelli 60%) (a heaping cup)

180g heavy whipping cream (¾ cup)

120g (1 cup) powdered sugar

1 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

½ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt, or ¼ tsp regular salt

Instructions

make the cookies

Preheat the oven to 350 F.

To a small saucepan, add the butter and the chocolate chips. Melt on a low heat, stirring and being careful not to overheat the chocolate. The butter will melt more quickly, and once it’s melted, take it off the heat and stir until the rest of the chocolate is melted. Stir in the instant coffee. Set this aside.

To a mixing bowl, add the eggs, sugars, and salt. Mix with a hand mixer on medium-high speed until it is thick and mousse-y, about three minutes.

Pour the chocolate/butter mixture into the whipped eggs and fold gently until the chocolate and eggs are combined.

Using a fine mesh sieve, sift the cocoa powder and the flour into the mixture. It’s very important to sift cocoa powder, because it almost always has a lot of lumps. Gently fold in the chocolate chips.

Scoop the cookies with a #30 cookie scoop onto a parchment lined baking sheet. Bake the cookies for 10-12 minutes. Let them cool on the baking sheet for a few minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely. Moving them prematurely will cause them to fall apart.

This recipe makes about 18-20 cookies that are about 2 ½″ in diameter when using a #30 scoop.

make the ganache

While the cookies are baking and cooling, make the ganache.

Warm the cream gently until steaming before pouring over the chocolate. Let sit for a couple minutes before gently whisking together until smooth. Set aside to come to room temperature.

Once the cookies are cooled, frost with the ganache. Sprinkle with rainbow bit chips.

Store in an airtight container. (These are especially good chilled.)

Notes

    • Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together before ever starting the recipe will help tremendously.

    • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.

    • For perfectly round cookies, use a large metal cookie cutter to scoot the hot cookies into shape. I’m addicted to doing this.

Did you make this recipe?

Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

white chocolate raspberry cut out cookies

January 21, 2026

This sugar cookie dough is studded with raspberries and white chocolate for a punchy and sweet combination that’s delicious. The cookies hold their shape as they bake, making them perfect for decorating with royal icing.

ingredients you’ll need

  • butter– I always use unsalted butter in my recipes so I can accurately tell you how much salt to add, but the truth is that when I’m just baking personally, I use salted butter and nothing is ever too salty. Use what you have, but make sure that it has come to room temperature, about 66-70 degrees. Butter straight out of the fridge will not cream as well, which will either require too much creaming (creating too aerated of a mixture) or the final dough will have little pebbles of butter that will melt in the oven, causing uneven cookies. Make sure the butter hasn’t softened too much and become melty or squishy. 
  • sugar– I use granulated sugar and brown sugar in this cookie recipe. Granulated sugar gives a nice crisp edge, but brown sugar gives great chewiness and flavor.
  • salt– Diamond Crystal kosher salt is the best for baking, so I recommend grabbing a box if you can. It will last you for a long time if you just use it for baking! If you don’t have this type of salt, swap for regular table salt and use half the amount called for.
  • egg– An egg will give the cookie structure and tenderness.
  • vanilla– Vanilla is essential for flavor in this recipe, and I recommend using vanilla bean paste instead of extract if you can. I love to use vanilla bean paste because the flavor is more intense, but vanilla extract is great as well. I love The Spice House, Heilala, and Nielsen-Massey. (Make sure to check your local Costco store for big jars of Nielsen-Massey at an amazing price!)
  • flour–  Flour provides the structure for this cookie, and this recipe has the perfect amount for the dough to both hold its shape, yet not be too floury and hard once baked.
  • white chocolate– I like to use Lindt or Ghirardelli white chocolate bars.
  • freeze dried raspberries– I get mine at Trader Joes.

*You can use my code EMILYLOGGANS for 10% off at The Spice House. I love to get my vanilla, almond extract, salt, and spices from there!

supplies you’ll need

  • hand mixer or stand mixer– A stand mixer makes this process so incredibly easy, but a hand mixer works just fine, especially if you’re just making a single batch.
  • spatula– A spatula is essential to scrape down the bowl throughout the process. Without scraping, you’ll end up with an unevenly mixed dough and cookies that are inconsistent. 
  • scale– If there’s one thing I can convince you of, please let it be a kitchen scale. 🙏🏻Using a scale makes everything easier with baking, and it ensures you get the same results every time. Flour is so easy to over-add with volume measurements, and a scale solves that problem.
  • parchment paper– I always roll my dough between two sheets of pre-cut parchment paper, which is by far the best way to roll out dough.
  • guided rolling pin– Rolling dough evenly is tricky with a regular rolling pin, but with a guided rolling pin, dough comes out evenly every time. It’s such a time saver and one of my favorite kitchen tools.
  • baking sheets– I use these cookie sheets for years, and they are amazing.
  • cookie cutters– Whichever shapes you like!
Print

white chocolate raspberry cut out cookies

Print Recipe

This sugar cookie dough is studded with raspberries and white chocolate for a punchy and sweet combination that’s delicious. The cookies hold their shape as they bake, making them perfect for decorating with royal icing.

  • Author: Emily Loggans
  • Yield: 2 dozen 1x

Ingredients

Scale

226g unsalted butter (salted is fine), room temperature (1 cup ; 16 Tbsp)

125g granulated sugar (½ cup + 2 Tbsp)

1 tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ½ tsp regular table salt)

1 egg

2 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

300g all purpose flour (2 ½ cups) all purpose flour

4 oz. white chocolate, chopped

35g freeze dried raspberries (1.25 oz package)

Instructions

In the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment, or in a mixing bowl with a hand held mixer, beat the butter on low speed until smooth. Add the sugar and salt and beat on medium-low until combined and slightly lightened, about 1-2 min. Scrape down the sides and bottom of the bowl.

Add the egg and vanilla and beat until the mixture is fully combined and emulsified, scraping the bowl well. (Don’t over mix at this stage, or the dough will be too aerated and cause some spreading during baking.)

Add the flour. Mix on low speed until combined, scraping the sides and bottom of the bowl as you go. Add the white chocolate and freeze dried raspberries and finish mixing until combined.

Roll the dough to ¼″ between two lightly floured sheets of parchment paper, flouring the dough as needed. Refrigerate the dough for two hours or overnight. (If you’re in a rush, a quick 20 minute freeze will do the trick.)

When it’s time to bake, preheat the oven to 375 F (190 C).

Dip cutters in flour and cut shapes in the dough, placing them on a parchment lined baking sheet. Cut a window with a smaller cutter in half of the cookies. Freeze the cut shapes for 5-10 minutes before baking to help prevent spread, if desired.

Bake for 6-8 minutes for smaller shapes and 8-10 minutes for larger shapes or until the center is no longer shiny. 

Cool on the sheet pan for about 5 minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely. Store in an airtight container.

Notes

  • This recipe is written using weight measurements rather than volume because it is a significantly more accurate (and easier!) way to measure. Trust me! Get a scale, and you’ll be happy.
  • If you can, do not substitute the Diamond Crystal kosher salt with regular table salt. If you only have table salt, reduce the amount by half. I do recommend grabbing a big box of Diamond Crystal, because it will last forever.
  • If you find the dough spreads too much for you, add up to 30g (¼ cup) additional flour to help reduce the spread. It shouldn’t be an issue in this recipe, though.
  • I like to roll my dough to ¼″ because it is the perfect balance between thick and thin. If you’re a cookier and like to decorate royal icing cookies on a really thickly rolled cookie, like 5/16″ or ⅜″, they will likely need longer time to bake. You will also have a smaller yield.
  • Decorate with royal icing, if desired.

Did you make this recipe?

Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

more like this

red velvet cut out cookies

January 21, 2026

These red velvet cut out cookies are perfect for Valentine’s Day, whether you’re decorating them with royal icing, buttercream, or turning them into linzer cookies. The dough is lightly chocolatey, and the texture is tender with a crisp edge.

ingredients you’ll need

  • butter– I always use unsalted butter in my recipes so I can accurately tell you how much salt to add, but the truth is that when I’m just baking personally, I use salted butter and nothing is ever too salty. Use what you have, but make sure that it has come to room temperature, about 66-70 degrees. Butter straight out of the fridge will not cream as well, which will either require too much creaming (creating too aerated of a mixture) or the final dough will have little pebbles of butter that will melt in the oven, causing uneven cookies. Make sure the butter hasn’t softened too much and become melty or squishy. 
  • sugar– I use granulated sugar and brown sugar in this cookie recipe. Granulated sugar gives a nice crisp edge, but brown sugar gives great chewiness and flavor.
  • salt– Diamond Crystal kosher salt is the best for baking, so I recommend grabbing a box if you can. It will last you for a long time if you just use it for baking! If you don’t have this type of salt, swap for regular table salt and use half the amount called for.
  • egg– An egg will give the cookie structure and tenderness. I like to use just the yolk in chocolate cookies to aid in tenderness.
  • white vinegar– Optional, but helpful for the red velvet vibe and enhancing the cocoa flavor.
  • red color– I used Americolor red gel food coloring, and I recommend using a gel formulation. Don’t use liquid, or it will affect the texture of the dough. You can use a natural powder color if you like.
  • vanilla– Vanilla is essential for flavor in this recipe, and I recommend using vanilla bean paste instead of extract if you can. I love to use vanilla bean paste because the flavor is more intense, but vanilla extract is great as well. I love The Spice House, Heilala, and Nielsen-Massey. (Make sure to check your local Costco store for big jars of Nielsen-Massey at an amazing price!)
  • flour–  Flour provides the structure for this cookie, and this recipe has the perfect amount for the dough to both hold its shape, yet not be too floury and hard once baked.
  • baking powder– for a little lift, but optional
  • cocoa powder– Use natural cocoa for the chocolate flavor. (It will replace some of the flour.) Use natural rather than Dutch for this cookie, because it will better create the flavor and color of red velvet.

*You can use my code EMILYLOGGANS for 10% off at The Spice House. I love to get my vanilla, almond extract, salt, and spices from there!

supplies you’ll need

  • hand mixer or stand mixer– A stand mixer makes this process so incredibly easy, but a hand mixer works just fine, especially if you’re just making a single batch.
  • spatula– A spatula is essential to scrape down the bowl throughout the process. Without scraping, you’ll end up with an unevenly mixed dough and cookies that are inconsistent. 
  • scale– If there’s one thing I can convince you of, please let it be a kitchen scale. 🙏🏻Using a scale makes everything easier with baking, and it ensures you get the same results every time. Flour is so easy to over-add with volume measurements, and a scale solves that problem.
  • parchment paper– I always roll my dough between two sheets of pre-cut parchment paper, which is by far the best way to roll out dough.
  • guided rolling pin– Rolling dough evenly is tricky with a regular rolling pin, but with a guided rolling pin, dough comes out evenly every time. It’s such a time saver and one of my favorite kitchen tools.
  • baking sheets– I use these cookie sheets for years, and they are amazing.
  • cookie cutters– Whichever ones you like!
Print

red velvet cut out cookies

Print Recipe

These red velvet cut out cookies are perfect for Valentine’s Day, whether you’re decorating them with royal icing, buttercream, or turning them into linzer cookies. The dough is lightly chocolatey, and the texture is tender with a crisp edge.

  • Author: Emily Loggans
  • Yield: 2 dozen 1x

Ingredients

Scale

226 unsalted butter (salted is fine), room temp (1 cup ; 16 Tbsp)

100g granulated sugar (½ cup)

55g light brown sugar (¼ cup, packed)

1 tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ½ tsp regular table salt)

1 egg yolk 

¼ tsp white vinegar (optional, but for the red velvet vibe)

1–2 drops red gel food coloring (not liquid, but you can substitute for a natural powder food coloring)

2 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

300g all purpose flour (2 ½ cups)

46g natural cocoa powder (½ cup)

¼ tsp baking powder

Instructions

In the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment, or in a mixing bowl with a hand held mixer, beat the butter on low speed until smooth. Add the sugars and salt and beat on medium-low until combined and slightly lightened, about 1-2 min. Scrape down the sides and bottom of the bowl.

Add the egg, vinegar, food coloring, and vanilla and beat until the mixture is fully combined and emulsified, scraping the bowl well. (Don’t over mix at this stage, or the dough will be too aerated and cause some spreading during baking.)

Add the flour, cocoa, and baking powder. Mix on low speed until combined, scraping the sides and bottom of the bowl as you go. Add the coconut and pecans and finish mixing until combined.

Roll the dough to ¼″ between two lightly floured sheets of parchment paper, flouring the dough as needed. Refrigerate the dough for two hours or overnight. (If you’re in a rush, a quick 20 minute freeze will do the trick.)

When it’s time to bake, preheat the oven to 375 F (190 C).

Dip cutters in flour and cut shapes in the dough, placing them on a parchment lined baking sheet. Freeze the cut shapes for 5-10 minutes before baking to help prevent spread, if desired.

Bake for 6-8 minutes for smaller shapes and 8-10 minutes for larger shapes or until the center is no longer shiny. 

Cool on the sheet pan for about 5 minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely. Store in an airtight container.

Notes

  • This recipe is written using weight measurements rather than volume because it is a significantly more accurate (and easier!) way to measure. Trust me! Get a scale, and you’ll be happy.
  • If you can, do not substitute the Diamond Crystal kosher salt with regular table salt. If you only have table salt, reduce the amount by half. I do recommend grabbing a big box of Diamond Crystal, because it will last forever.
  • If you find the dough spreads too much for you, add up to 30g (¼ cup) additional flour to help reduce the spread. It shouldn’t be an issue in this recipe, though.
  • For this cookie, I like to use natural cocoa because the flavor is lighter and more similar to red velvet, and the color makes a more red cookie than Dutch cocoa does.
  • I like to roll my dough to ¼″ because it is the perfect balance between thick and thin. If you’re a cookier and like to decorate royal icing cookies on a really thickly rolled cookie, like 5/16″ or ⅜″, they will likely need longer time to bake. You will also have a smaller yield.
  • These cookies are perfect for decorating with royal icing.

Did you make this recipe?

Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

more like this

german chocolate linzer cookies

January 21, 2026

These cookies are basically little tarts and so delicious with the rich, chocolatey dough sandwiched with a caramelly coconut & pecan filling inspired by a German chocolate cake. They’re drizzled with a little dark chocolate and toasted pecans. They are decadent.

*Hint, this cookie recipe is delicious decorated with royal icing as well, skipping the filling and topping.

ingredients you’ll need

  • butter– I always use unsalted butter in my recipes so I can accurately tell you how much salt to add, but the truth is that when I’m just baking personally, I use salted butter and nothing is ever too salty. Use what you have, but make sure that it has come to room temperature, about 66-70 degrees. Butter straight out of the fridge will not cream as well, which will either require too much creaming (creating too aerated of a mixture) or the final dough will have little pebbles of butter that will melt in the oven, causing uneven cookies. Make sure the butter hasn’t softened too much and become melty or squishy. 
  • sugar– I use granulated sugar and brown sugar in this cookie recipe. Granulated sugar gives a nice crisp edge, but brown sugar gives great chewiness and flavor.
  • salt– Diamond Crystal kosher salt is the best for baking, so I recommend grabbing a box if you can. It will last you for a long time if you just use it for baking! If you don’t have this type of salt, swap for regular table salt and use half the amount called for.
  • egg– An egg will give the cookie structure and tenderness. I like to use just the yolk in chocolate cookies to aid in tenderness.
  • vanilla– Vanilla is essential for flavor in this recipe, and I recommend using vanilla bean paste instead of extract if you can. I love to use vanilla bean paste because the flavor is more intense, but vanilla extract is great as well. I love The Spice House, Heilala, and Nielsen-Massey. (Make sure to check your local Costco store for big jars of Nielsen-Massey at an amazing price!)
  • flour–  Flour provides the structure for this cookie, and this recipe has the perfect amount for the dough to both hold its shape, yet not be too floury and hard once baked.
  • baking powder– for a little lift, but optional
  • cocoa powder– for the chocolate flavor (It will replace some of the flour.)
  • sweetened coconut– a mix-in (You can use unsweetened if you prefer.)
  • toasted pecans– a mix-in
  • dark chocolate– Choose your favorite to eat, because we’ll be drizzling it over the top of the cookies; I use Ghirardelli 60% most of the time.

*You can use my code EMILYLOGGANS for 10% off at The Spice House. I love to get my vanilla, almond extract, salt, and spices from there!

supplies you’ll need

  • hand mixer or stand mixer– A stand mixer makes this process so incredibly easy, but a hand mixer works just fine, especially if you’re just making a single batch.
  • spatula– A spatula is essential to scrape down the bowl throughout the process. Without scraping, you’ll end up with an unevenly mixed dough and cookies that are inconsistent. 
  • scale– If there’s one thing I can convince you of, please let it be a kitchen scale. 🙏🏻Using a scale makes everything easier with baking, and it ensures you get the same results every time. Flour is so easy to over-add with volume measurements, and a scale solves that problem.
  • parchment paper– I always roll my dough between two sheets of pre-cut parchment paper, which is by far the best way to roll out dough.
  • guided rolling pin– Rolling dough evenly is tricky with a regular rolling pin, but with a guided rolling pin, dough comes out evenly every time. It’s such a time saver and one of my favorite kitchen tools.
  • baking sheets– I use these cookie sheets for years, and they are amazing.
  • cookie cutters– Since this is a linzer cookie, you’ll need a larger round cutter and a smaller round cutter to make the window.
Print

german chocolate linzer cookies

Print Recipe

  • Author: Emily Loggans
  • Yield: 2 dozen 1x

Ingredients

Scale

226g unsalted butter (salted is fine), room temperature (1 cup | 16 Tbsp)

100g granulated sugar (½ cup)

55g light brown sugar (¼ cup)

1 tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ½ tsp regular table salt)

1 egg yolk

2 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

270g all purpose flour (2 ¼ cups)

¼ tsp baking powder

46g Dutch cocoa powder (½ cup)

80g sweetened coconut (½ cup) – unsweetened is fine

100g toasted pecans, chopped (½ cup before chopping)

filling

one batch caramel sauce- I like this recipe, but you can use your favorite.

40g sweetened coconut, shredded (¼ cup)

50g toasted pecans, chopped (¼ cup)

85g – 170g dark chocolate (½ cup – 1 cup), amount depending on how much drizzling you like

Instructions

make the cookies

In the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment, or in a mixing bowl with a hand held mixer, beat the butter on low speed until smooth. Add the sugars and salt and beat on medium-low until combined and slightly lightened, about 1-2 min. Scrape down the sides and bottom of the bowl.

Add the egg and vanilla and beat until the mixture is fully combined and emulsified, scraping the bowl well. (Don’t over mix at this stage, or the dough will be too aerated and cause some spreading during baking.)

Add the flour, cocoa, and baking powder. Mix on low speed until combined, scraping the sides and bottom of the bowl as you go. Add the coconut and pecans and finish mixing until combined.

Roll the dough to ¼″ between two lightly floured sheets of parchment paper, flouring the dough as needed. Refrigerate the dough for two hours or overnight. (If you’re in a rush, a quick 20 minute freeze will do the trick.)

When it’s time to bake, preheat the oven to 375 F (190 C).

Dip cutters in flour and cut shapes in the dough, placing them on a parchment lined baking sheet. Cut a window with a smaller cutter in half of the cookies. Freeze the cut shapes for 5-10 minutes before baking to help prevent spread, if desired.

Bake for 6-8 minutes for smaller shapes and 8-10 minutes for larger shapes or until the center is no longer shiny. 

Cool on the sheet pan for about 5 minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely. Store in an airtight container.

make the filling

While the cookies are baking and cooling, make the filling.

Stir together one batch of caramel sauce, the sweetened coconut, and the toasted pecans. 

To assemble the cookies, place a small amount of filling on a bottom cookie and sandwich with the top window cookie.

Melt the dark chocolate in a microwave safe bowl and use a spoon to drizzle over the tops of the assembled linzer cookies. Sprinkle with more toasted pecans and coconut, if desired.

Notes

  • This recipe is written using weight measurements rather than volume because it is a significantly more accurate (and easier!) way to measure. Trust me! Get a scale, and you’ll be happy.
  • If you can, do not substitute the Diamond Crystal kosher salt with regular table salt. If you only have table salt, reduce the amount by half. I do recommend grabbing a big box of Diamond Crystal, because it will last forever.
  • If you find the dough spreads too much for you, add up to 30g (¼ cup) additional flour to help reduce the spread. It shouldn’t be an issue in this recipe, though.
  • Do not substitute the Dutch cocoa for regular cocoa. They have different flavor profiles, and you won’t get the same richness from natural cocoa as you will with the Dutch. I love Droste, but it’s very expensive and getting harder to find. A fewnmore affordable and accessible options are Rodelle, Modern Mountain, and Ghirardelli.
  • For the coconut, I chose to use sweetened because it helps add to the effect of German chocolate. Sweetened also seems to be more readily available than unsweetened. You should be able to substitute for unsweetened, however, if you prefer. I’ve made the dough with both. If desired, increase the coconut by an additional 40g, or ¼ cup.
  • I toasted whole pecans in a 350 F oven for about 5-8 minutes. I take them out once they smell toasted and are crispier. Check them often to ensure they are not burning.
  • I like to roll my dough to ¼″ because it is the perfect balance between thick and thin. If you’re a cookier and like to decorate royal icing cookies on a really thickly rolled cookie, like 5/16″ or ⅜″, they will likely need longer time to bake. You will also have a smaller yield.
  • This specific recipe is for the linzer cookies version of this, but you can absolutely make these cookies, skip the filling, and decorate with royal icing.

Did you make this recipe?

Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

more like this

oatmeal cut out cookies

January 21, 2026

These oatmeal roll out cookies are so deliciously chewy and hold their shape well enough for decorating with royal icing or buttercream.

ingredients you’ll need

  • butter– I always use unsalted butter in my recipes so I can accurately tell you how much salt to add, but the truth is that when I’m just baking personally, I use salted butter and nothing is ever too salty. Use what you have, but make sure that it has come to room temperature, about 66-70 degrees. Butter straight out of the fridge will not cream as well, which will either require too much creaming (creating too aerated of a mixture) or the final dough will have little pebbles of butter that will melt in the oven, causing uneven cookies. Make sure the butter hasn’t softened too much and become melty or squishy. 
  • sugar– I use granulated sugar and brown sugar in this cookie recipe. Granulated sugar gives a nice crisp edge, but brown sugar gives great chewiness and flavor.
  • flour– Flour provides the structure for this cookie, and this recipe has the perfect amount for the dough to both hold its shape, yet not be too floury and hard.
  • oats– Some of the flour is replaced with oats in this recipe. They have a nutty flavor and add a chewiness to the texture of the cookie.
  • egg– An egg will give the cookie structure and tenderness. A whole egg is the simplest choice and works perfectly here. 
  • salt- Diamond Crystal kosher salt is the best for baking, so I recommend grabbing a box if you can. It will last you for a long time if you just use it for baking! If you don’t have this type of salt, swap for regular table salt and use half the amount called for.
  • vanilla– Vanilla is essential for flavor in this recipe, and I recommend using vanilla bean paste instead of extract if you can. I love to use vanilla bean paste because the flavor is more intense, but vanilla extract is great as well. I love The Spice House, Heilala, and Nielsen-Massey. (Make sure to check your local Costco store for big jars of Nielsen-Massey at an amazing price!)
  • cinnamon– optional, but also not recommended when using the lime cream cheese frosting 
  • baking powder– gives a lighter texture to the cookie

*You can use my code EMILYLOGGANS for 10% off at The Spice House. I love to get my vanilla, almond extract, salt, and spices from there!

supplies you’ll need

  • hand mixer or stand mixer– A stand mixer makes this process so incredibly easy, but a hand mixer works just fine, especially if you’re just making a single batch.
  • spatula– A spatula is essential to scrape down the bowl throughout the process. Without scraping, you’ll end up with an unevenly mixed dough and cookies that are inconsistent. 
  • scale– If there’s one thing I can convince you of, please let it be a kitchen scale. 🙏🏻Using a scale makes everything easier with baking, and it ensures you get the same results every time. Flour is so easy to over-add with volume measurements, and a scale solves that problem.
  • parchment paper– I always roll my dough between two sheets of pre-cut parchment paper, which is by far the best way to roll out dough.
  • guided rolling pin– Rolling dough evenly is tricky with a regular rolling pin, but with a guided rolling pin, dough comes out evenly every time. It’s such a time saver and one of my favorite kitchen tools.
  • baking sheets– I use these cookie sheets for years, and they are amazing.
these oatmeal cookies are delicious with a simple american buttercream
Print

oatmeal cut out cookies

Print Recipe

These oatmeal roll out cookies are so deliciously chewy and hold their shape well enough for decorating with royal icing or buttercream. Try them with lime cream cheese frosting or royal icing.

  • Author: Emily Loggans
  • Yield: 2 dozen 1x

Ingredients

Scale

226g unsalted butter (salted is fine), room temp (1 cup | 16 Tbsp)

100g granulated sugar (½ cup)

110g light brown sugar (½ cup, packed)

1 tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ½ tsp regular table salt)

1 egg, large

2 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

270g all purpose flour (2 ¼ cups)

100g old fashioned oats, lightly chopped in a food processor (1 ¼ cups before chopping)

1 tsp cinnamon

¼ tsp baking powder

Instructions

In the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment, or in a mixing bowl with a hand held mixer, beat the butter on low speed until smooth. Add the sugars and salt and beat on medium-low until combined and slightly lightened, about 1-2 min. Scrape down the sides and bottom of the bowl.

Add the egg and vanilla and beaut until the mixture is fully combined and emulsified, scraping the bowl well. (Don’t over mix at this stage, or the dough will be too aerated and cause some spreading during baking.)

Add the flour, oats, cinnamon, and baking powder. Mix on low speed until combined, scraping the sides and bottom of the bowl as you go.

Roll the dough to ¼″ between two lightly floured sheets of parchment paper, flouring the dough as needed. (This dough can be a bit stickier.) Refrigerate the dough for two hours or overnight. (If you’re in a rush, a quick 20 minute freeze will do the trick.)

When it’s time to bake, preheat the oven to 375 F (190 C).

Dip cutters in flour and cut shapes in the dough, placing them on a parchment lined baking sheet. Freeze the cut shapes for 5-10 minutes before baking to help prevent spread, if desired.

Bake for 6-8 minutes for smaller shapes and 8-10 minutes for larger shapes or until the center is no longer shiny. Don’t over bake, or you won’t have a chewy cookie.

Cool on the sheet pan for about 5 minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely.

Notes

  • For unfrosted cookies, store in an airtight container at room temperature.
  • The unfrosted, baked cookies can be frozen in an airtight container. You can also freeze the unbaked dough for up to two months.
  • I originally tested this recipe with 250g flour. Using 270g will help the cookies hold their shape really well and spread less for cutting shapes to decorate with royal icing. (recipe here) If you want more chew, and you don’t care about a tiny bit of spread, use 250g for the best texture. If you want even less spreading, you could up the flour to 290g.
  • To halve this recipe, use one egg yolk.
  • The cinnamon in the cookie is optional if it doesn’t fit the flavor profile. Alternatively, you could even use more cinnamon. Or add additional warming spices like nutmeg.
  • Add ½ cup of finely chopped raisins or chocolate chips for an oatmeal raisin or oatmeal chocolate chip cookie vibe.

Did you make this recipe?

Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

oatmeal cut out cookies with lime cream cheese frosting & toasted coconut

January 21, 2026

These oatmeal roll out cookies are so deliciously chewy and hold their shape well enough for decorating with royal icing or buttercream. For these, I’ve made a rich lime cream cheese frosting and sprinkled with a little lime zest and toasted coconut.

ingredients you’ll need

  • butter– I always use unsalted butter in my recipes so I can accurately tell you how much salt to add, but the truth is that when I’m just baking personally, I use salted butter and nothing is ever too salty. Use what you have, but make sure that it has come to room temperature, about 66-70 degrees. Butter straight out of the fridge will not cream as well, which will either require too much creaming (creating too aerated of a mixture) or the final dough will have little pebbles of butter that will melt in the oven, causing uneven cookies. Make sure the butter hasn’t softened too much and become melty or squishy.
  • sugar– I use granulated sugar and brown sugar in this cookie recipe. Granulated sugar gives a nice crisp edge, but brown sugar gives great chewiness and flavor.
  • flour– Flour provides the structure for this cookie, and this recipe has the perfect amount for the dough to both hold its shape, yet not be too floury and hard.
  • oats– Some of the flour is replaced with oats in this recipe. They have a nutty flavor and add a chewiness to the texture of the cookie.
  • egg– An egg will give the cookie structure and tenderness. A whole egg is the simplest choice and works perfectly here.
  • salt- Diamond Crystal kosher salt is the best for baking, so I recommend grabbing a box if you can. It will last you for a long time if you just use it for baking! If you don’t have this type of salt, swap for regular table salt and use half the amount called for.
  • vanilla– Vanilla is essential for flavor in this recipe, and I recommend using vanilla bean paste instead of extract if you can. I love to use vanilla bean paste because the flavor is more intense, but vanilla extract is great as well. I love The Spice House, Heilala, and Nielsen-Massey. (Make sure to check your local Costco store for big jars of Nielsen-Massey at an amazing price!)
  • cinnamon– optional, but also not recommended when using the lime cream cheese frosting
  • baking powder– gives a lighter texture to the cookie
  • powdered sugar– for the frosting
  • cream cheese– Since this is a cream cheese frosting after all, we’ll need both butter and cream cheese.
  • lime– you’ll need the zest and a bit of juice for flavoring the frosting, but also a bit of zest for the garnish
  • toasted coconut– Any unsweetened coconut that has been lightly toasted to golden in the oven will work perfectly. Coconut can come in large chips, fine shaves, or thicker shaves. Whatever you like or have on hand will be perfect.

*You can use my code EMILYLOGGANS for 10% off at The Spice House. I love to get my vanilla, almond extract, salt, and spices from there!

supplies you’ll need

  • hand mixer or stand mixer– A stand mixer makes this process so incredibly easy, but a hand mixer works just fine, especially if you’re just making a single batch.
  • spatula– A spatula is essential to scrape down the bowl throughout the process. Without scraping, you’ll end up with an unevenly mixed dough and cookies that are inconsistent. 
  • scale– If there’s one thing I can convince you of, please let it be a kitchen scale. 🙏🏻Using a scale makes everything easier with baking, and it ensures you get the same results every time. Flour is so easy to over-add with volume measurements, and a scale solves that problem.
  • parchment paper– I always roll my dough between two sheets of pre-cut parchment paper, which is by far the best way to roll out dough.
  • guided rolling pin– Rolling dough evenly is tricky with a regular rolling pin, but with a guided rolling pin, dough comes out evenly every time. It’s such a time saver and one of my favorite kitchen tools.
  • baking sheets– I use these cookie sheets for years, and they are amazing.
Print

oatmeal cut out cookies with lime cream cheese frosting & toasted coconut

Print Recipe

bright and fresh lime cream cheese frosting paired with perfectly chew oatmeal sugar cookies

  • Author: Emily Loggans
  • Yield: 2 dozen 1x

Ingredients

Scale

oatmeal cookie ingredients

226g unsalted butter (salted is fine), room temp (1 cup | 16 Tbsp)

100g granulated sugar (½ cup)

110g light brown sugar (½ cup, packed)

1 tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ½ tsp regular table salt)

1 egg, large

2 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

270g all purpose flour (2 ¼ cups)

100g old fashioned oats, lightly chopped in a food processor (1 ¼ cups before chopping)

1 tsp cinnamon

¼ tsp baking powder

lime cream cheese frosting ingredients

3 oz. cream cheese, room temp

85g unsalted butter (salted is fine), room temp (6 Tbsp)

½ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ¼ tsp regular table salt)

1 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

lime zest from one lime

juice from one lime (about 1 Tbsp)

milk- optional

toasted coconut, for garnish

additional lime zest, for garnish

Instructions

make the cookies

In the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment, or in a mixing bowl with a hand held mixer, beat the butter on low speed until smooth. Add the sugars and salt and beat on medium-low until combined and slightly lightened, about 1-2 min. Scrape down the sides and bottom of the bowl.

Add the egg and vanilla and beaut until the mixture is fully combined and emulsified, scraping the bowl well. (Don’t over mix at this stage, or the dough will be too aerated and cause some spreading during baking.)

Add the flour, oats, cinnamon, and baking powder. Mix on low speed until combined, scraping the sides and bottom of the bowl as you go.

Roll the dough to ¼″ between two lightly floured sheets of parchment paper, flouring the dough as needed. (This dough can be a bit stickier.) Refrigerate the dough for two hours or overnight. (If you’re in a rush, a quick 20 minute freeze will do the trick.)

When it’s time to bake, preheat the oven to 375 F (190 C). 

Dip cutters in flour and cut shapes in the dough, placing them on a parchment lined baking sheet. Freeze the cut shapes for 5-10 minutes before baking to help prevent spread, if desired.

Bake for 6-8 minutes for smaller shapes and 8-10 minutes for larger shapes or until the center is no longer shiny. Don’t over bake, or you won’t have a chewy cookie.

Cool on the sheet pan for about 5 minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely.

While the cookies are baking and cooling, make the frosting.

make the frosting

Beat the cream cheese and butter until smooth.

Add the lime zest, lime juice, salt, and vanilla bean. Continue mixing until perfectly smooth.

Add the powdered sugar and continue mixing until smooth. If the frosting is too thick, drizzle in a bit of milk.

Frost completely cooled cookies. Sprinkle with toasted coconut and lime zest. (I like to zest the lime with a microplane directly over the cookies.)

Notes

  • Because this frosting has cream cheese, it should be refrigerated.
  • For unfrosted cookies, store in an airtight container at room temperature.
  • The unfrosted, baked cookies can be frozen in an airtight container. You can also freeze the unbaked dough for up to two months.
  • I originally tested this recipe with 250g flour. Using 270g will help the cookies hold their shape really well and spread less for cutting shapes to decorate with royal icing. (recipe here) If you want more chew, and you don’t care about a tiny bit of spread, use 250g for the best texture. If you want even less spreading, you could up the flour to 290g.
  • To halve this recipe, use one egg yolk.
  • The cinnamon in the cookie is optional if it doesn’t fit the flavor profile. For example, I would leave it out when combining this cookie with the lime cream cheese frosting.
  • Add ½ cup of finely chopped raisins or chocolate chips for an oatmeal raisin or oatmeal chocolate chip cookie vibe.

Did you make this recipe?

Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

more like this

gingerbread sugar cookies

December 19, 2025

This cookie is the perfect marriage of gingerbread and sugar cookies. It’s warmly spiced, soft and chewy, holds its shape, and is amazing for decorating. It is the ideal holiday cut out cookie.

ingredients in gingerbread sugar cookies

  • butter– I always use unsalted butter in my recipes so I can accurately tell you how much salt to add, but the truth is that when I’m just baking personally, I use salted butter and nothing is ever too salty. Use what you have, but make sure that it has come to room temperature, about 66-70 degrees. Butter straight out of the fridge will not cream as well, which will either require too much creaming (creating too aerated of a mixture) or the final dough will have little pebbles of butter that will melt in the oven, causing uneven cookies. Make sure the butter hasn’t softened too much and become melty or squishy.
  • brown sugar– Since brown sugar naturally has molasses in it, it’s perfect for a gingerbread sugar cookie. It will also aid in moisture in this cookie, which will give the centers of the cookie a lovely chew. You can use light or dark, but I prefer dark.
  • granulated sugar– I like to use a little granulated sugar in this cookie recipe. Although the main sugar in the recipe is brown sugar, a little granulated sugar will help keep the edges crisp.
  • egg yolk– An egg yolk will give the cookie structure and tenderness as well as aid in pliability of the dough.
  • molasses– Obviously quintessential to gingerbread, molasses adds flavor and a soft chewiness to this cookie. This recipe only uses a little bit, much less than a typical gingerbread cookie, so it is perfect for people who don’t love the strong molasses flavor of typical gingerbread.
  • salt- Diamond Crystal kosher salt is the best for baking, so I recommend grabbing a box if you can. It will last you for a long time if you just use it for baking! If you don’t have this type of salt, swap for regular table salt and use half the amount called for.
  • vanilla– Vanilla is for flavor in this recipe, and I recommend using vanilla bean paste instead of extract if you can. I love to use vanilla bean paste because the flavor is more intense, but vanilla extract is great as well. I love The Spice House, Heilala, and Nielsen-Massey. (Make sure to check your local Costco store for big jars of Nielsen-Massey at an amazing price!)
  • flour– Flour provides the structure for this cookie, and this recipe has the perfect amount for the dough to both hold its shape, yet not be too floury and hard.
  • milk powder– I saw @bakedbydan on Instagram recommend adding milk powder to gingerbread dough, so I tried it and loved it. It softens the cookie further and brings out some toasty dairy notes. It is optional, however, if you don’t have it.
  • baking soda & baking powder– for leavening this cookie
  • cinnamon, ginger, nutmeg, and cloves– the spice mix for this cookie (I highly recommend The Spice House for these spices.)

*You can use my code EMILYLOGGANS for 10% off at The Spice House. I love to get my vanilla, almond, salt, and spices from there!

supplies needed to make gingerbread sugar cookies

  • hand mixer or stand mixer– A stand mixer makes this process so incredibly easy, but a hand mixer works just fine, especially if you’re just making a single batch.
  • spatula– A spatula is essential to scrape down the bowl throughout the process. Without scraping, you’ll end up with an unevenly mixed dough and cookies that are inconsistent. 
  • scale– If there’s one thing I can convince you of, please let it be a kitchen scale. 🙏🏻Using a scale makes everything easier with baking, and it ensures you get the same results every time. Flour is so easy to over-add with volume measurements, and a scale solves that problem.
  • parchment paper– I always roll my dough between two sheets of pre-cut parchment paper, which is by far the best way to roll out dough.
  • guided rolling pin– Rolling dough evenly is tricky with a regular rolling pin, but with a guided rolling pin, dough comes out evenly every time. It’s such a time saver and one of my favorite kitchen tools.
  • baking sheets– I use these cookie sheets for years, and they are amazing.
  • Of course, you’ll need cookie cutters.

FAQs

  • Why did my cookies spread? A little spread (about an eighth of an inch around) is normal. Too much spread that causes the cookies to be misshapen is frustrating and can ruin the process when you want to decorate. Spread can happen for a few reasons: 1) You used too little flour in the dough. Did you weigh it? 2) What size were your eggs? This recipe is formulated for large sized eggs. Extra large eggs add a lot of additional moisture. 3) You didn’t chill the dough for long enough. The initial chill time is important for the butter to chill enough and for the flour to hydrate. Baking them right away will definitely cause them to spread. Additionally, that mini chill time in the freezer before baking is very helpful for holding their shape.
  • Why was my dough crumbly and dry? Did you weigh your flour? It is very easy to accidentally add too much flour when measuring with cups. Too much flour will make a dry, crumbly dough. Did you add enough sugar? Do you have the right amount of butter? What size are your eggs? This recipe is formulated for large sized eggs. Medium or small eggs will not provide enough moisture to the dough. *Keep in mind that this recipe will appear crumbly and dry at first. I promise it will work out.
  • Can I use table salt instead of Diamond Crystal kosher salt? Absolutely! Just use half the amount called for since the flakes of diamond crystal are larger, which accounts for less volume in the measuring spoon. I do recommend purchasing a box of diamond crystal, especially if you’re a baker or like to cook. It’s truly the best and recommended by chefs.
  • Is Morton kosher salt the same as Diamond Crystal kosher salt? No, and I don’t recommend you use Morton kosher salt in baking.
  • Does my butter need to be room temperature or softened? Room temperature is ideal for this recipe. Cold butter will not mix properly, and softened butter will make a dough that is very soft and sticky. Do not use melted butter.
  • What should I do if my butter is cold from the fridge? If your butter is cold right out of the fridge, but you want to bake right now, there are a few options. 1)Microwave the butter as whole sticks on defrost mode for a few seconds at a time until it becomes pliable. 2) Chop the butter into small pieces and set off to the side until you can indent the butter with your finger. 
  • Why do my cookies have a shiny, see-through-like patch on the bottoms? That is the sign of an underdone (raw) cookie. It needs to bake more. (Unless that’s your thing.) Before pulling cookies out of the oven, check to make sure the tops are evenly “dull” and not shiny.
  • How can I bake these to be thin and crisp? Roll the dough to ⅙″ or ⅛″ and bake at a lower temperature for a longer time. If you bake them at 375 F, it might be too hot and brown them way too quickly before they had a chance to dry out enough to become crisp. Thin and crisp cookies are usually baked at 325 F, but I would start with 350 F. 
  • Do I really need a kitchen scale? Kinda, yeah? 🙃 They’re not very expensive, but it is a life changing kitchen investment. Here’s the one I use. Of course, you can make this recipe using the cups measurements if you like.
  • Can I bake my cookies on silicone mats instead of parchment? You can, and I recommend perforated silicone mats if you have them. They make such nice bottoms to cookies. However, I still prefer to bake with parchment. It’s my preference, but your preference could be to use silicone mats. Just experiment and go with what you prefer based on experience and results. 🫶🏻
  • Can I decorate these cookies with royal icing or buttercream? Yes! They are delicious with both. Here is my royal icing recipe.
  • Is this the same recipe you used to sell on the old website? Yes! This recipe was originally sold as “Gingerbread Sugar Cookies” and was a customer favorite.
Print

classic gingerbread cookies

Print Recipe

This cookie is the perfect marriage of gingerbread and sugar cookies. It’s warmly spiced, soft and chewy, holds its shape, and is amazing for decorating. It is the ideal holiday cut out cookie.

  • Author: Emily Loggans

Ingredients

Scale

283g unsalted butter, room temperature (1 ¼ cups | 20 Tbsp)

220g dark brown sugar, or light (1 cup, packed)

50g granulated sugar (¼ cup)

1 ½ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt, or ¾ tsp regular table salt

1 egg yolk, large

85g molasses, preferably Grandma’s (¼ cup)

2 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

540g all purpose flour (4 ½ cups)

14g whole milk powder (2 Tbsp) *optional

1 tsp baking powder

¼ tsp baking soda

2 Tbsp ground cinnamon

1 Tbsp ground ginger

½ tsp ground nutmeg

½ tsp ground cloves

Instructions

Cream the butter, brown sugar, granulated sugar, and salt until smooth and creamy, being careful not to overly aerate the mixture. Add the egg yolk, molasses, and vanilla and mix until it has emulsified.

Add the flour, milk powder, baking powder, baking soda, cinnamon, ginger, nutmeg, and cloves and mix until a dough begins to form. It will be crumbly at this stage, and you may think it is too dry. Drop the dough onto a piece of parchment and gently knead it with your hand until it comes together. Press into a thick sheet and place a piece of parchment paper on top. Roll out the dough to ¼″ (or thicker, if you prefer) and refrigerate the dough for two hours or overnight.

When ready to bake, preheat the oven to 375 F. Cut the dough into shapes and place on a baking sheet a couple inches apart. They will not spread, but we want to leave some room for even heating between the cookies. To ensure they keep their shape, refrigerate the sheet of cookies for 5-10 minutes before baking. (This works out perfectly as the sheet waiting to be baked can just chill in the fridge.) 

Allow the cookies to cool on the baking sheet for a few minutes before transferring to a wire rack to cool completely. Once they’re cooled, you can decorate them however you like!

Did you make this recipe?

Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

more like this

peppermint mocha sugar cookie wreaths

November 18, 2025

These dark chocolate sugar cookies are extremely rich with a deep cocoa flavor. This specific recipe is for a peppermint mocha cut out cookie, but you can simply remove the peppermint for a simple chocolate cut out sugar cookie. You can also swap some of the Dutch cocoa powder for black which creates a very rich, dark cookie with an Oreo flavor.

They can also be baked thin and crisp or thick and soft, which makes this recipe even more versatile. I’ve decorated my thick and soft peppermint mocha sugar cookies with a minty royal icing, flavored with Elves Smells flavoring extract from Supernatural Kitchen. This is such a unique and beautiful flavoring, but if you don’t have access to it, you can exchange it for peppermint extract in your royal icing. Here is the royal icing recipe.

ingredients in peppermint mocha sugar cookies

  • butter– I always use unsalted butter in my recipes so I can accurately tell you how much salt to add, but the truth is that when I’m just baking personally, I use salted butter and nothing is ever too salty. Use what you have, but make sure that it has come to room temperature, about 66-70 degrees. Butter straight out of the fridge will not cream as well, which will either require too much creaming (creating too aerated of a mixture) or the final dough will have little pebbles of butter that will melt in the oven, causing uneven cookies. Make sure the butter hasn’t softened too much and become melty or squishy.
  • sugar– I use granulated sugar in my sugar cookie recipe. This recipe has a little less sugar than a typical sugar cookie recipe, but just enough to give the cookie the perfect sweetness and texture.
  • brown sugar– I also add a little brown sugar to this recipe to add moisture since cocoa powder can dry out a cookie a little bit.
  • flour– Flour provides the structure for this cookie, and this recipe has the perfect amount for the dough to both hold its shape, yet not be too floury and hard.
  • egg– An egg yolk will give the cookie structure and tenderness.
  • salt- Diamond Crystal kosher salt is the best for baking, so I recommend grabbing a box if you can. It will last you for a long time if you just use it for baking! If you don’t have this type of salt, swap for regular table salt and use half the amount called for.
  • vanilla– Vanilla is essential for flavor in this recipe, and I recommend using vanilla bean paste instead of extract if you can. I love to use vanilla bean paste because the flavor is more intense, but vanilla extract is great as well. I love The Spice House, Heilala, and Nielsen-Massey. (Make sure to check your local Costco store for big jars of Nielsen-Massey at an amazing price!)
  • peppermint extract– This is an optional add-in to this cookie, but it’s perfect for the holidays and absolutely delicious. Here is a high quality peppermint extract from The Spice House that I love.
  • cocoa powder– This recipe calls for Dutch process cocoa powder. You can also use half the amount of cocoa powder as Dutch process and half as black cocoa for a more dark and rich flavor and color. Here is a bundle of both cocoa powders that I use and love from Modern Mountain.
  • espresso powder– This ingredient is optional, but it really adds a depth to the chocolate in this cookie. Use double to get more of a mocha effect.
  • meringue powder– If you would like to decorate these cookies with royal icing, you’ll need meringue powder. Here is the recipe for royal icing.
  • food coloring– For these wreath cookies, I used Supernatural red and green food natural coloring.
  • crushed peppermint– Another optional ingredient, but fun to add for the holidays. This is the brand I use.
  • white nonpariels– for sprinkling on the wreaths

*You can use my code EMILYLOGGANS for 10% off at The Spice House.

supplies needed to make chocolate sugar cookies

  • hand mixer or stand mixer– A stand mixer makes this process so incredibly easy, but a hand mixer works just fine, especially if you’re just making a single batch.
  • spatula– A spatula is essential to scrape down the bowl throughout the process. Without scraping, you’ll end up with an unevenly mixed dough and cookies that are inconsistent.
  • scale– If there’s one thing I can convince you of, please let it be a kitchen scale. 🙏🏻Using a scale makes everything easier with baking, and it ensures you get the same results every time. Flour is so easy to over-add with volume measurements, and a scale solves that problem.
  • parchment paper– I always roll my dough between two sheets of pre-cut parchment paper, which is by far the best way to roll out dough.
  • guided rolling pin– Rolling dough evenly is tricky with a regular rolling pin, but with a guided rolling pin, dough comes out evenly every time. It’s such a time saver and one of my favorite kitchen tools.
  • baking sheets– I use these cookie sheets for years, and they are amazing.
  • cookie cutters– If you want to make the wreath cookies, you’ll need a set of round cutters. This one is amazing because it’s double sided with scallops on one side and straight on the other. This way, you only need to buy one set.

how to decorate peppermint mocha sugar cookie wreaths

These wreath cookies are stunning on a holiday cookie platter or in a cookie box and are extremely easy to make. You’ll need a batch of baked cookies (about two dozen wreaths and two dozen small circles from this recipe) and a single batch of royal icing. I used my royal icing recipe, but I added ½ teaspoon Supernatural Elves Smells flavoring (or ½ teaspoon peppermint extract) and extra vanilla bean paste for these wreaths.

  • Bag some thicker, detail consistency white icing right from the mixer to use as the outline for the wreaths.
  • Add some water to a large amount of white icing to thin it out to a thick flood consistency. When you lift your spatula up out of the bowl, it should drizzle down like a honey consistency. When you tap the surface of the bowl of icing, it should settle and smooth out. Bag the icing and set aside.
  • Take a smaller amount of icing and add some green gel food coloring (or Supernatural Kitchen green natural coloring) to make a deep tone of green. Add some water to thin the icing out to a flood consistency just like the white icing. Bag nearly all of the green icing and set aside.
  • Add a spoonful of white icing to the bowl of remaining green and mix to combine. The color should be a much lighter shade of green. Add some water to thin the icing out to a flood consistency just like the precious green. Bag the green icing and set aside.
  • Take a smaller amount of icing and add some red gel food coloring (or Supernatural Kitchen red natural coloring) to make a red icing. Do not thin this color out. Bag and set aside.

Start by outlining the outer and inner ring of the wreath cookie. This cookie is great for beginners, because you don’t need to worry about making a perfect outline. In fact, it’s better if the lines are wavy and inconsistent for this design as it adds to the wreath effect.

Flood the cookie with the white flood consistency icing, making sure the surface is smooth. I didn’t even use a scribe tool for this. I just wiggled the tip of my bag around to smooth it out.

Immediately begin the wet on wet design. Using both the light and dark green, pipe alternating lines and/or dots around the wreath. Drag a scribe tool or tooth pick through the entire design to create the wreath pattern.

While the icing is still wet, sprinkle on the white nonpareils.

Pipe tiny red berries in groups of three all around the cookie.

Sprinkle with a bit of sanding sugar. (I just used granulated white sugar.)

Allow the cookie to dry completely for 8-12 hours, preferably with a fan on in the room near or facing the cookies.

success tips for making chocolate sugar cookies

  • Why did my cookies spread? A little spread (about an eighth of an inch around) is normal. Too much spread that causes the cookies to be misshapen is frustrating and can ruin the process when you want to decorate. Spread can happen for a few reasons: 1) You used too little flour or cocoa powder in the dough. Did you weigh it? 2) What size were your eggs? This recipe is formulated for large sized eggs. Extra large eggs add a lot of additional moisture. 3) You didn’t chill the dough for long enough. The initial chill time is important for the butter to chill enough and for the flour to hydrate. Baking them right away will definitely cause them to spread. Additionally, that mini chill time in the freezer before baking is very helpful for holding their shape. 4) Is it possible you added too much sugar? Brown sugar is particularly tricky, because measuring a cup vs. a packed cup can yield very different results. If you didn’t weigh the sugar, it could have been too much. 
  • Why was my dough crumbly and dry? Did you weigh your flour? It is very easy to accidentally add too much flour when measuring with cups. Too much flour will make a dry, crumbly dough. Did you add enough sugar? Do you have the right amount of butter? What size are your eggs? This recipe is formulated for large sized eggs. Medium or small eggs will not provide enough moisture to the dough.
  • Can I use table salt instead of Diamond Crystal kosher salt? Absolutely! Just use half the amount called for since the flakes of diamond crystal are larger, which accounts for less volume in the measuring spoon. I do recommend purchasing a box of diamond crystal, especially if you’re a baker or like to cook. It’s truly the best and recommended by chefs.
  • Is Morton kosher salt the same as Diamond Crystal kosher salt? No, and I don’t recommend you use Morton kosher salt in baking.
  • Does my butter need to be room temperature or softened? Room temperature is ideal for this recipe. Cold butter will not mix properly, and softened butter will make a dough that is very soft and sticky. Do not use melted butter.
  • What should I do if my butter is cold from the fridge? If your butter is cold right out of the fridge, but you want to bake right now, there are a few options. 1)Microwave the butter as whole sticks on defrost mode for a few seconds at a time until it becomes pliable. 2) Chop the butter into small pieces and set off to the side until you can indent the butter with your finger. 
  • Why do my cookies have a shiny, see-through-like patch on the bottoms? That is the sign of an underdone (raw) cookie. It needs to bake more. Before pulling cookies out of the oven, check to make sure the tops are evenly “dull” and not shiny.
  • How can I bake these to be thin and crisp? Roll the dough to ⅙″ or ⅛″ and bake them for a longer time.
  • Do I really need a kitchen scale? Kinda, yeah? 🙃 They’re not very expensive, but it is a life changing kitchen investment. Here’s the one I use.
  • Can I bake my cookies on silicone mats instead of parchment? You can, and I recommend perforated silicone mats if you have them. They make such nice bottoms to cookies. However, I still prefer to bake with parchment. It’s my preference, but your preference could be to use silicone mats. Just experiment and go with what you prefer based on experience and results. 🫶🏻
  • Can I decorate these cookies with royal icing or buttercream? Yes! They are delicious with both. Here is my royal icing recipe.
  • Is this the same recipe you used to sell on the old website? Yes! This one is exactly the same as the peppermint mocha cookie recipe I used to sell.

This little stack would be so pretty in a cookie box.

variations on chocolate sugar cookies

This recipe makes a delicious black cocoa cookie. Swap half the amount of cocoa powder for black cocoa for a dark black cookie with a rich, deep cocoa flavor similar to an Oreo. Remove the peppermint extract and peppermint pieces. See below the difference in color. Don’t use entirely black cocoa, though, because the flavor will be too deep and bitter.

top: black cocoa | bottom: peppermint mocha
baked

This recipe works really well as a homemade Oreo cookie when rolled very thinly (⅙″ – ⅛″) and baked until the cookie is crisp. I sandwiched mine with a simple buttercream.

For halloween, I made these adorable button cookies with the black cocoa variation and baked them crisp.

You can cut these cookies any which way and decorate them however you’d like, but this simple wet on wet wreath pattern is perfect for the holidays and so simple to create. It’s a fancy design that is actually quite quick to complete which makes it great for cookie boxes.

Print

peppermint mocha sugar cookie wreaths

Print Recipe

These dark chocolate sugar cookies are extremely rich with a deep cocoa flavor. This specific recipe is for a peppermint mocha cut out cookie, but you can simply remove the peppermint for a simple chocolate cut out sugar cookie. You can also swap some of the Dutch cocoa powder for black which creates a very rich, dark cookie with an Oreo flavor.

  • Author: Emily Loggans

Ingredients

Scale

226g unsalted butter, room temperature (1 cup ; 16 Tbsp)

100g granulated sugar (½ cup) 

55g light brown sugar (¼ cup, packed)

1 tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ½ tsp regular table salt)

1 egg yolk

2 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

½ tsp peppermint extract, optional

300g all purpose flour (2 ½ cups) 

46g Dutch cocoa powder (½ cup) 

½ tsp espresso powder, optional

50g crushed peppermint candy, (¼ cup, approx.) optional

Instructions

Cream together the butter, granulated sugar, brown sugar, and salt until lightened. Scrape down he sides and bottom of the bowl to ensure there are no under creamed bits.

Add the egg yolk and vanilla and mix until emulsified and combined. Scrape down the sides and bottom of the bowl.

Add the flour, cocoa powder, and espresso powder. (Sifting the cocoa powder is recommended to prevent lumps.) Mix until combined.

Drop the dough onto a piece of lightly floured parchment paper. Gently form the dough lump into a more tightly formed ball or disc and lightly flour the top. Add another piece of parchment paper to the top and roll the dough to ¼″. Refrigerate the dough for an hour or two (or up to three days).

Preheat the oven to 375 F (190 C).

Cut shapes from the chilled dough and place on a parchment lined baking sheet a couple inches apart. To really preserve the shapes of the cookies, freeze the sheet for 5 minutes before baking. Bake the cookies until the tops are set and no longer shiny, about 7-9 minutes. *If you want to bake these thin and crunchy, roll to ⅙″ or ⅛″ and bake them for a few minutes longer.

Allow the cookies to cool on the pan for about five minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely. Decorate with icing or buttercream if desired.

Did you make this recipe?

Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

more like this

gingerbread molasses cookies

November 10, 2025

These gingerbread molasses cookies have a crisp edge, chewy centers, big gingerbread flavor, and pretty, sparkling crackly tops. These are perfect for the holidays and cookie boxes.

ingredients in gingerbread molasses cookies

  • butter– I always use unsalted butter in my recipes so I can accurately tell you how much salt to add, but the truth is that when I’m just baking personally, I use salted butter and nothing is ever too salty. Use what you have, but make sure that it has come to room temperature, about 66-70 degrees. Butter straight out of the fridge will not cream as well, which will either require too much creaming (creating too aerated of a mixture) or the final dough will have little pebbles of butter that will melt in the oven, causing uneven cookies. Make sure the butter hasn’t softened too much and become melty or squishy. See the “success tips” section for more help about butter temperature.
  • granulated sugar– For sweetness and texture. Granulated sugar gives a nice crisp edge to cookies.
  • dark brown sugar– Brown sugar, especially dark brown sugar will give the cookies extra flavor as well as a great chew to the center.
  • salt– Diamond Crystal kosher salt is the best for baking, so I recommend grabbing a box if you can. It will last you for a long time if you just use it for baking! If you don’t have this type of salt, swap for regular table salt and use half the amount called for.
  • molasses– Molasses is pretty important to the flavor of gingerbread, and I like to use the Grandma’s brand.
  • egg– for texture and structure
  • vanilla– Vanilla is for flavor in this recipe. Typically, I love to use vanilla bean paste because the flavor is more intense, but vanilla extract is great in this cookie. I love The Spice House, Heilala, and Nielsen-Massey. (Make sure to check your local Costco store for big jars of Nielsen-Massey at an amazing price!) You can use my code LINENGRAY for 10% off at The Spice House.
  • all purpose flour– for structure
  • ground ginger– Essential for gingerbread flavor, try to get a new jar for the year since they do expire. I, of course, love The Spice House spices, so here is a link for The Spice House ginger. You can use my code EMILYLOGGANS for 10% off at The Spice House.
  • ground cinnamon– my favorite cinnamon
  • ground nutmeg– a link for The Spice House nutmeg
  • ground cloves- and a link for The Spice House cloves
  • baking soda– the leavener
  • sparkling sugar– I love rolling these cookies in a 1:1 mixture of sparkling sugar and granulated sugar. Here is the sparkling sugar I use. And here is the other one I use from Target, which is only $1.99.

supplies needed to make gingerbread molasses cookies

  • hand mixer or stand mixer– A stand mixer makes this process so incredibly easy, but a hand mixer works just fine, especially if you’re just making a single batch.
  • spatula– A spatula is essential to scrape down the bowl throughout the process. Without scraping, you’ll end up with an unevenly mixed dough and cookies that are inconsistent. 
  • scale– If there’s one thing I can convince you of, please let it be a kitchen scale. 🙏🏻Using a scale makes everything easier with baking, and it ensures you get the same results every time. Flour is so easy to over-add with volume measurements, and a scale solves that problem.
  • parchment paper– I like to bake my cookies on this pre-cut parchment paper.
  • baking sheets– I use these cookie sheets for years, and they are amazing. 
  • cookie scoop– I like to use a #40 cookie scoop for these
  • large round metal cookie cutter– to “scoot” the cookies after baking

watch how to make gingerbread molasses cookies

https://www.instagram.com/reel/Czox5giu1W9/?igsh=MTdjeThtcjV0ZWIwdg==

Print

gingerbread molasses cookies

Print Recipe

These gingerbread molasses cookies have a crisp edge, chewy centers, big gingerbread flavor, and pretty, sparkling crackly tops. These are perfect for the holidays and cookie boxes.

  • Author: Emily Loggans
  • Yield: 21 1x

Ingredients

Scale

113g unsalted butter, room temp (1 stick ; ½ cup ; 8 Tbsp)

150g granulated sugar (¾ cup)

55g dark brown sugar (¼ cup, packed – light brown sugar is fine)

1 tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ½ tsp regular table salt)

113g molasses (⅓ cup)

1 whole egg, large

2 tsp vanilla

300g all purpose flour (2 ½ cups)

2 tsp ground ginger

2 tsp ground cinnamon

¼ tsp ground nutmeg

½ tsp ground cloves

1 ½ tsp baking soda

topping

¼ sparkling sugar

¼ cup granulated sugar 

Instructions

Preheat the oven to 350 F (177 C).

Cream butter, sugars, and salt together until fully combined and lightened.

Add the egg, vanilla, and molasses and continue mixing until the mixture is emulsified.

Add the dry ingredients and fold in with a spatula until there are no streaks of flour.

In a small bowl, combine the granulated sugar and sparkling sugar.

Scoop balls of dough with a #30 cookie scoop and roll in the sugar mixture before placing on a parchment lined baking sheet a couple inches apart.

Bake for 12-14 minutes. Once removed from the oven, immediately “scoot” the hot cookies with a round metal cookie cutter to both shape them and add a more crackly look on top.

Cool on the baking sheet for five minutes before transferring to a wire rack to cool completely.

Did you make this recipe?

Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

more like this

classic vanilla almond spritz cookies

November 5, 2025

These tiny cookies are perfectly crisp and tender with so much vanilla and almond flavor. They are based on the classic Betty Crocker spritz recipe that my family has made for decades. They are perfect for Christmas, but don’t stop there, because you can make these all year ’round.

ingredients in classic vanilla almond spritz cookies

  • butter– I always use unsalted butter in my recipes so I can accurately tell you how much salt to add, but the truth is that when I’m just baking personally, I use salted butter all the time and nothing is ever too salty. Use what you have, but make sure that it has come to room temperature, about 66-70 degrees. Butter straight out of the fridge will not cream as well, which will either require too much creaming (creating too aerated of a mixture) or the final dough will have little pebbles of butter that will melt in the oven, causing uneven cookies. Make sure the butter hasn’t softened too much and become melty or squishy.
  • sugar– I use granulated sugar in my sugar cookie recipe. This recipe has a little less sugar than a typical sugar cookie recipe, but just enough to give the cookie the perfect sweetness and texture.
  • flour– Flour provides the structure for this cookie, and this recipe has the perfect amount for the dough to both hold its shape, yet not be too floury and hard.
  • egg– An egg will give the cookies structure and tenderness.
  • salt- Diamond Crystal kosher salt is the best for baking, so I recommend grabbing a box if you can. It will last you for a long time if you just use it for baking! If you don’t have this type of salt, swap for regular table salt and use half the amount called for.
  • vanilla– Vanilla is essential for flavor in this recipe, and I recommend using vanilla bean paste rather than (or in addition to!) extract if you can. I love to use vanilla bean paste because the flavor is more intense, but vanilla extract is great as well. I love The Spice House, Heilala, and Nielsen-Massey. (Make sure to check your local Costco store for big jars of Nielsen-Massey at an amazing price!) If you’re shopping at The Spice House, you can use my code EMILYLOGGANS for 10% off. ✨
  • almond extract– I grew up in almond extract loving family, so I was surprised to discover that it is a polarizing flavor. If you are not a fan, swap it for more vanilla or skip it entirely. You could even use a totally different ex
  • powdered sugar– The sugar for the icing.
  • whole milk or cream or creamer– You’ll need some liquid to create an icing with the powdered sugar, and my favorite is Chobani sweet cream creamer. Use whatever you have. You could even use water if you like!
  • sprinkles– I love these sparkling sugar sprinkles from India Tree, but you can use any sanding sugar or sprinkles you like.

supplies needed to make classic vanilla almond spritz cookies

  • hand mixer or stand mixer– A stand mixer makes this process so incredibly easy, but a hand mixer works just fine, especially if you’re just making a single batch.
  • spatula– A spatula is essential to scrape down the bowl throughout the process. Without scraping, you’ll end up with an unevenly mixed dough and cookies that are inconsistent. 
  • scale– If there’s one thing I can convince you of, please let it be a kitchen scale. 🙏🏻Using a scale makes everything easier with baking, and it ensures you get the same results every time. Flour is so easy to over-add with volume measurements, and a scale solves that problem.
  • cookie press– I have this OXO cookie press and love it. Check Costco around Christmas time for a deal on one of these.
  • baking sheets– I use these cookie sheets for years, and they are amazing.

how to make classic vanilla almond spritz cookies

The dough features a classic, easy mixing method that comes together in a few minutes. There’s no refrigeration for the dough, so you can be baking right away. Because the cookies are tiny, the recipe makes around 5 dozen cookies that are perfect for a holiday platter to take to a party.

Mixing the icing is extremely simple. It’s a simple powdered sugar icing consisting of powdered sugar and a liquid like milk, cream, creamer, or even water. I like to season mine with a little salt and vanilla bean paste to take it from flat and just sweet to dimensional and delicious.

The icing should be very drizzle-able with a consistency similar to maple syrup. If you’re not using it right away, put a cover on it to avoid crusting.

These sparkling sugar sprinkles are so pretty to sprinkle lightly on top. Use any sparkling sugar or sprinkle you like.

Give the cookies a light dip in the icing and scrape off the excess. Sprinkle right away with sparkling sugar.

success tips for making classic vanilla almond spritz cookies

  • Why was my dough crumbly and dry? Did you weigh your flour? It is very easy to accidentally add too much flour when measuring with cups. Too much flour will make a dry, crumbly dough. Did you add enough sugar? Do you have the right amount of butter? What size are your eggs? This recipe is formulated for large sized eggs. Medium or small eggs will not provide enough moisture to the dough. Make sure you do not strain the pumpkin for this recipe. We need all that moisture.
  • Why was my dough so soft? This dough has a higher amount of butter than a typical cookie, so the dough is very soft. Paired with no refrigeration, and it’s a super soft dough. If the dough is shiny or greasy, then the butter was likely too soft and it is continuing to melt. If this is happening, put the dough in the fridge to get the butter colder.
  • Can I use table salt instead of Diamond Crystal kosher salt? Absolutely! Just use half the amount called for since the flakes of diamond crystal are larger, which accounts for less volume in the measuring spoon. I do recommend purchasing a box of diamond crystal, especially if you’re a baker or like to cook. It’s truly the best and recommended by chefs.
  • Is Morton kosher salt the same as Diamond Crystal kosher salt? No, and I don’t recommend you use Morton kosher salt in baking.
  • Does my butter need to be room temperature or softened? Room temperature is ideal for this recipe. Cold butter will not mix properly, and softened butter will make a dough that is very soft and sticky. Do not use melted butter.
  • What should I do if my butter is cold from the fridge? If your butter is cold right out of the fridge, but you want to bake right now, there are a few options. 1)Microwave the butter as whole sticks on defrost mode for a few seconds at a time until it becomes pliable. 2) Chop the butter into small pieces and set off to the side until you can indent the butter with your finger. 
  • Why do my cookies have a shiny, see-through-like patch on the bottoms? That is the sign of an underdone (raw) cookie. It needs to bake more. Before pulling cookies out of the oven, check to make sure the tops are evenly “dull” and not shiny.
  • Do I really need a kitchen scale? Kinda, yeah? 🙃 They’re not very expensive, but it is a life changing kitchen investment. Here’s the one I use.
  • Why can’t I bake my cookies on silicone mats or parchment? In my experience, pressing the cookies onto parchment just doesn’t work. The dough doesn’t cling to the surface the same way it does a cookie sheet. I can’t remember if I’ve tried on silicone mats. Experiment and figure out what works best for you!
  • Can I decorate these cookies with royal icing or buttercream? You could! They are delicious with both. Here is my royal icing recipe.
Print

classic vanilla almond spritz cookies

Print Recipe

These tiny cookies are perfectly crisp and tender with so much vanilla and almond flavor. They are based on the classic Betty Crocker spritz recipe that my family has made for decades. They are perfect for Christmas, but don’t stop there, because you can make these all year ’round.

  • Author: Emily Loggans

Ingredients

Scale

cookies

226g unsalted butter, room temperature (2 sticks ; 1 cup ; 16 Tbsp)

100g granulated sugar (½ cup)

1 tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ½ tsp regular table salt)

1 tsp vanilla bean paste (or vanilla extract)

1 tsp almond extract (optional)

1 whole egg, large

270g all purpose flour (2 ¼ cups)

icing

120 powdered sugar (1 cup)

½ Tbsp -1 tablespoon whole milk or cream (or, my personal favorite, sweet cream creamer)

¼ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ⅛ tsp regular table salt)

½ tsp vanilla bean paste

Instructions

Preheat the oven to 400 F (205 C). *This is a no refrigeration dough, so we will be baking right after we’re done mixing the dough.

To the bowl of a stand mixer or mixing bowl, add the room temp butter (cold butter will be difficult here, but see trouble shooting for cold butter in the “success tips” section of the post), granulated sugar, and salt.

Cream the butter, sugar, and salt until slightly lightened and fluffy. Use a spatula to scrape down the sides and bottom of the bowl.

Add the egg, vanilla, and almond extract to the bowl. Mix well until combined and emulsified. Again, scrape down the sides and bottom of the bowl.

Add the flour all at once and mix until combined, being careful not to over-mix.

Place some of the dough into a cookie press and begin pressing cookies onto an un-greased, un-lined cookie sheet. They can be as close together as the press will allow. 

*Optional: Freeze the sheet for 5 minutes to protect the shapes of the cookies.

Bake the cookies for 8-10 minutes, or until the bottoms of the cookies are golden. However, if you prefer a pale cookie, only bake them until they are set and no longer shiny, about 6-8 minutes.

Allow the cookies to cool on the sheet for just a few minutes before using a metal spatula to scrape them off and onto a metal rack to cool completely. (If you let them cool for too long, they will be stuck.)

While the cookies are baking and cooling, mix the icing. Combine all the ingredients in a bowl and gently whisk to combine. The consistency should be thin but not as thin as water. Aim for a slightly thinner than honey consistency, like maple syrup. 

Dip the cookies in the icing and scrape off the excess on the side of the bowl. Sprinkle with sanding sugar and allow the icing to set before packaging them.

Did you make this recipe?

Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

more like this

brown butter iced oatmeal cookies

November 5, 2025

Brown butter iced oatmeal cookies- these cookies are one of my favorites. Soft and chewy, warm cinnamon and nutmeg, toasty flavor from the brown butter and brown sugar, AND they’re iced? They’re perfect.

ingredients in iced oatmeal cookies

  • butter– The butter in this recipe is going to be browned, so you don’t actually have to worry about the temperature of the butter going into this. The recipe calls for unsalted, but if all you have is salted, it’s totally fine.
  • brown sugar– This recipe uses brown sugar, which adds a flavor boost as well as extra softness and chew to the cookie.
  • granulated sugar– This recipe also uses some granulated sugar, which helps to create a more crisp edge.
  • salt– Diamond Crystal kosher salt is the best for baking, so I recommend grabbing a box if you can. It will last you for a long time if you just use it for baking! If you don’t have this type of salt, swap for regular table salt and use half the amount called for.
  • egg– An egg will give the cookie structure and tenderness. An extra yolk is added for more chew.
  • vanilla bean paste– Vanilla is for flavor in this recipe, and I recommend using vanilla bean paste instead of or along with extract if you can. I love to use vanilla bean paste because the flavor is more intense, but vanilla extract is great as well. This is the vanilla extract I used from The Spice House. (You can use my code EMILYLOGGANS for 10% off at The Spice House.) Nielsen-Massey is my favorite vanilla bean paste. (Make sure to check your local Costco store for big jars of Nielsen-Massey at an amazing price!)
  • old fashioned oats– I like to use Bob’s Red Mill old fashioned oats. Make sure to pulse them in the food processor so they’re mostly broken up and crumbly. Not quite a powder like an oat flour, but more like a very light crumb. Weigh or measure the oats BEFORE putting them through the food processor.
  • all purpose flour–  Flour provides the structure for this cookie, and this recipe has the perfect amount for the dough to both hold its shape, yet not be too floury and hard.
  • baking powder– Leavening that gives a puff and lift.
  • baking soda– Leavening that gives a bit of spread, darkening, and crisp edges.
  • cinnamon– This recipe uses a bit of cinnamon for some warming flavor, which just goes perfectly with an oatmeal cookie. This one is my favorite, and you can use my code EMILYLOGGANS for 10% off at The Spice House. They also have this pack of three different cinnamons so you can taste test them all.
  • nutmeg– This one is optional, but it’s just a nice little boost of flavor and warmth to go along with the cinnamon. Here is the one from The Spice House, where you can get 10% off with my code EMILYLOGGANS.
  • powdered sugar- for the glaze icing
  • milk, cream, or creamer– for the glaze icing
  • meringue powder– This is optional but gives the icing more of a “set”.

supplies needed to make iced oatmeal cookies

  • whisk & a bowl– Something nice about this recipe is it doesn’t require a mixer. All you need is a whisk and a bowl.
  • saucepan– to brown the butter
  • spatula– A spatula is essential to scrape down the bowl throughout the process. Without scraping, you’ll end up with an unevenly mixed dough and cookies that are inconsistent. 
  • scale– If there’s one thing I can convince you of, please let it be a kitchen scale. 🙏🏻Using a scale makes everything easier with baking, and it ensures you get the same results every time. Flour is so easy to over-add with volume measurements, and a scale solves that problem.
  • parchment paper– I always roll my dough between two sheets of pre-cut parchment paper, which is by far the best way to roll out dough.
  • baking sheets– I use these cookie sheets for years, and they are amazing. 
  • cookie scoop– I like to use a #40 cookie scoop for these
  • large round metal cookie cutter– to “scoot” the cookies after baking

how to make iced oatmeal cookies

These cookies are so easy to make. Start by browning some butter- don’t be scared of this if you’ve never done it. It’s insanely easy. Melt butter in a saucepan over medium-low heat (you do not want a high heat for this). It will start to sizzle and bubble, which is the water cooking off and evaporating. Stir it every once in a while, paying attention to when the sizzling starts to calm down. That’s when the water has nearly been evaporated, and it’s important to start stirring often. The color will start to turn golden and the milk solids will start to brown. It browns very quickly at this stage, so don’t walk away. Once the butter has turned a rich golden brown and smells very toasty and toffee-like, pour the butter into a heat proof mixing bowl, quickly scraping the bottom of the pot to make sure the milk solids are also transferred to the bowl. Cool the butter for about ten minutes. I like to pop my bowl in the fridge while I gather the rest of my ingredients.

This recipe calls for 170g of butter, and after browning, it will weight about 135g.

Add the sugars and salt and mix well.

Whisk in the eggs and vanilla until emulsified.

Add all the dry ingredients and mix until a dough is formed. This is my all-time favorite cinnamon. It’s the most cinnamon-y cinnamon that’s ever cinnamon-ed.

The dough is a pretty wet dough, so chilling it in the fridge for 30 minutes will help it chill a bit better so it can be scooped more easily with a #40 cookie scoop.

On the left, the cookies have just come out of the oven. On the right is what the cookies look like after they’ve been scooted with a large round metal cookie cutter.

Let the cookies cool on a metal rack. Mix the icing while they cool.

For the easiest icing in the world, simply mix the ingredients together until combined and smooth.

Dip each cookie in the glaze and allow it to set before packaging.

success tips for making iced oatmeal cookies

  • Do I really need a kitchen scale? Kinda, yeah? 🙃 They’re not very expensive, but it is a life changing kitchen investment. Here’s the one I use.
  • Can I bake my cookies on silicone mats instead of parchment? You can, however, I still prefer to bake with parchment. It’s my preference, but your preference could be to use silicone mats. Just experiment and go with what you prefer based on experience and results. 🫶🏻
  • Is this the same recipe you shared on IG subscription a few years ago? Yes!
  • Can I use table salt instead of Diamond Crystal kosher salt? Absolutely! Just use half the amount called for since the flakes of diamond crystal are larger, which accounts for less volume in the measuring spoon. I do recommend purchasing a box of diamond crystal, especially if you’re a baker or like to cook. It’s truly the best and recommended by chefs.
  • Is Morton kosher salt the same as Diamond Crystal kosher salt? No, and I don’t recommend you use Morton kosher salt in baking.

watch how to make brown butter iced oatmeal cookies

https://www.instagram.com/reel/Cxx6sk1uj1U/?igsh=MWR6enlwcGliZmk3Yg==

Print

brown butter iced oatmeal cookies

Print Recipe

Brown butter iced oatmeal cookies- these cookies are one of my favorites. Soft and chewy, warm cinnamon and nutmeg, toasty flavor from the brown butter and brown sugar, AND they’re iced? They’re perfect.

  • Author: Emily Loggans
  • Yield: 15 1x

Ingredients

Scale

cookies

170g unsalted butter (1 ½ sticks ; 12 Tbsp)

165g brown sugar, light or brown (¾ cup, packed)

50g granulated sugar (¼ cup)

1 ½ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ¾ tsp regular table salt)

1 whole egg, large

1 egg yolk, large

2 tsp vanilla bean paste (or vanilla extract)

90g old fashioned oats, pulsed in the food processor to be mostly broken up and crumbly (1 cup)

150g all purpose flour (1 ¼ cups)

½ tsp baking powder

½ tsp baking soda

1 tsp cinnamon

¼ tsp nutmeg

icing

120g powdered sugar (1 cup)

½ tsp vanilla bean paste (or extract)

1–2 tablespoon milk, cream, or creamer (you can use water in a pinch)

1 tsp meringue powder, optional

pinch of salt

Instructions

Brown the butter until it is golden and the milk solids have browned, stirring almost constantly towards the end to prevent the milk solids from burning on the bottom of the pan. Once the butter has stopped bubbling and sizzling, it should be done. It will weigh around 135g.

Pour the butter into a heat safe, large mixing bowl. Allow to cool down for about 10 minutes. (I like to pop this in the fridge while I prep my other ingredients, but the counter is fine.)

Add the sugars and salt. Mix well.

Add the eggs and vanilla and whisk until emulsified (smooth, thick, and lighter in color).

Add flour, oats, baking soda, baking powder, cinnamon, and nutmeg to the wet ingredients and mix to combine with a spatula.

Refrigerate dough for 30 min. Preheat the oven to 350 F (177 C).

Scoop the dough with a #30 cookie scoop and place the cookie balls on a parchment lined baking sheet a couple inches apart.

Bake the cookies for 10-12 minutes. Timing will depend on the size of the cookie (if you opted to use a different size scoop), so look for set tops that aren’t shiny and golden brown edges.

Remove from the oven and immediately “scoot” them with a round metal cookie cutter that is larger than the cookies. (Simply place the cookie cutter over the hot cookies and swirl the cookie gently in the cutter to help shape the cookie and give it its craggly tops.)

Allow them to cool on the pan for a few minutes to set before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely.

While the cookies bake and cool, mix the glaze icing. Combine all the ingredients in a wide, shallow bowl and whisk well.

Dip the cookies in the glaze, being careful to only get the tops if you want the classic look. If you like more icing, dip them deeply so they have full coverage. (If you go this route, you probably should make a double batch of the icing.)

Did you make this recipe?

Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

more like this

pecan shortbread crescents (snowballs and slice & bake, too)

November 3, 2025

Pecan sandies, snowballs, Russian tea cakes, Mexican wedding cookies, crescent cookies… No matter what you call them, they are delicious and NOT boring. These are easily one of the most eatable things I’ve ever made. And as a bonus, there are so many ways to prepare these cookies.

My mom asked me to make these because she remembered her grandma making them, but I have to admit that I thought they would be boring. Well, I made them, and they ended up being delicious and addicting. I ate way too many. That’s how you know it’s a good cookie. When you just keep going for another.

These are essentially a tender, nutty shortbread cookie with no egg. It’s my understanding that you could use any nuts, but the classic is pecans. I definitely want to try these with different nuts. Almonds, hazelnuts, and pistachios are top of the list. The warm cookie is rolled in powdered sugar which melts, creating a soft sweetness around the cookie. A second roll in powdered sugar after they’ve cooled gives them the powdered sugar donut look.

There are many ways to shape this dough, some more finicky than others.

The snowball shape is simple and classic. Use a small cookie scoop to portion the dough into balls and roll between your hands to smooth them. After coating them in powdered sugar after baking, they look like little snowballs. Since shaping this one is so simple and quick, it is ideal for the holidays when you’re making lots of different cookies in bulk. However, it is not my favorite to eat because it is a pretty thick bite. Because it’s thicker, this shape can be the softest on the inside. I prefer a crunchier cookie, but if you prefer softer, this may be the shape for you.

The crescent is also a classic shape and so much fun to make, although more time consuming than the previous, snowballs. I like to use the same cookie scoop to portion the dough into balls, and then create a thick snake by rolling with my hands. Finish the shape by curving slightly or a lot, it’s up to you. This shape is a thinner amount of dough since it’s stretched out, so it can be baked more crunchy more easily, if that’s what you prefer. If you prefer a soft cookie, it will just take less time to bake than the snowball shape. This shape is a bit more delicate, so keep that in mind if you’re using it for cookie boxes.

Turning this cookie into a slice and bake is nothing short of genius, if I do say so myself. I love the simplicity and quickness of a slice and bake cookie, especially around the holidays when you need to have cookies available. I love that you can control the thickness of the cookie according to your preference by how thickly you cut the slices. It’s quick, easy, and very sturdy for cookie boxes.

ingredients in russian tea cakes cookies

  • butter–  I always use unsalted butter in my recipes so I can accurately tell you how much salt to add, but the truth is that when I’m just baking personally, I often use salted butter and nothing is ever too salty. Use what you have, but make sure that it has come to room temperature, about 66-70 degrees. Butter straight out of the fridge will not cream as well, which will either require too much creaming (creating too aerated of a mixture) or the final dough will have little pebbles of butter that will melt in the oven, causing uneven cookies. Make sure the butter hasn’t softened too much and become melty or squishy. See the “success tips” section for more help about butter temperature.
  • powdered sugar– Using powdered sugar instead of granulated gives these cookies a more tender texture.
  • salt– Diamond Crystal kosher salt is the best for baking, so I recommend grabbing a box if you can. It will last you for a long time if you just use it for baking! If you don’t have this type of salt, swap for regular table salt and use half the amount called for.
  • vanilla– Vanilla is essential for flavor in this recipe, and I recommend using vanilla bean paste instead of extract if you can. I love to use vanilla bean paste because the flavor is more intense, but vanilla extract is great as well. I love The Spice House, Heilala, and Nielsen-Massey. (Make sure to check your local Costco store for big jars of Nielsen-Massey at an amazing price!)
  • pecans– Pecans are the nuts in this recipe. I love to shop at nuts.com for my nuts. You’ll want raw pecans which we’ll toast and chop.
  • all purpose flour-  Flour provides the structure for this cookie, and this recipe has the perfect amount for the dough to both hold its shape, yet not be too floury and hard.

*You can use my code EMILYLOGGANS at The Spice House for 10% off your purchase. I love to get my vanilla, spices, and salt there!

supplies needed to make russian tea cakes cookies

  • hand mixer or stand mixer– A stand mixer makes this process so incredibly easy, but a hand mixer works just fine, especially if you’re just making a single batch.
  • spatula– A spatula is essential to scrape down the bowl throughout the process. Without scraping, you’ll end up with an unevenly mixed dough and cookies that are inconsistent. 
  • scale– If there’s one thing I can convince you of, please let it be a kitchen scale. 🙏🏻Using a scale makes everything easier with baking, and it ensures you get the same results every time. Flour is so easy to over-add with volume measurements, and a scale solves that problem.
  • parchment paper– I always roll my dough between two sheets of pre-cut parchment paper, which is by far the best way to roll out dough.
  • baking sheets– I use these cookie sheets for years, and they are amazing.

how to make russian tea cakes cookies

The dough does not (and honestly should not) come together in a smooth ball. Part of the tenderness of the dough comes from not overworking it. It should look pebbly but not dry with flour bits.

Use a #40 cookie scoop (1 ½ Tbsp) to portion the dough into balls. This recipe makes about two dozen balls. Either keep them as balls and smooth them between your hands or roll into little logs and shape into crescents.

Before baking and after baking the crescents.

Dip in powdered sugar while still warm and once again after they’re cooled.

Before and after baking the balls. (Be careful not to accidentally roll them in powdered sugar before baking, which I’ve definitely done before.)

Roll the balls in powdered sugar while still warm and once again after they’re cooled. Trust me on the double roll.

Dip the slice and bake cookies the exact same way.

success tips for making russian tea cakes cookies

  • Why was my dough crumbly and dry? Did you weigh your flour? It is very easy to accidentally add too much flour when measuring with cups. Too much flour will make a dry, crumbly dough. Did you add enough sugar? Do you have the right amount of butter? Keep in mind that this recipe is a more dry-like dough. If it is still floury or powdery in places, just continue mixing until the flour is moistened. Sometimes all that is needed is a spatula to finish combining everything.
  • Can I use table salt instead of Diamond Crystal kosher salt? Absolutely! Just use half the amount called for since the flakes of diamond crystal are larger, which accounts for less volume in the measuring spoon. I do recommend purchasing a box of diamond crystal, especially if you’re a baker or like to cook. It’s truly the best and recommended by chefs.
  • Is Morton kosher salt the same as Diamond Crystal kosher salt? No, and I don’t recommend you use Morton kosher salt in baking.
  • Does my butter need to be room temperature or softened? Room temperature, maybe even almost softened is ideal for this recipe. Cold butter will not mix properly, and do not use melted butter.
  • What should I do if my butter is cold from the fridge? If your butter is cold right out of the fridge, but you want to bake right now, there are a few options. 1)Microwave the butter as whole sticks on defrost mode for a few seconds at a time until it becomes pliable. 2) Chop the butter into small pieces and set off to the side until you can indent the butter with your finger. 
  • Why do my cookies have a shiny, see-through-like patch on the bottoms? That is the sign of an underdone (raw) cookie. It needs to bake more. Before pulling cookies out of the oven, check to make sure the tops are evenly “dull” and not shiny. I like the bottoms of these to be a bit golden.
  • Do I really need a kitchen scale? Kinda, yeah? 🙃 They’re not very expensive, but it is a life changing kitchen investment. Here’s the one I use.
  • Can I bake my cookies on silicone mats instead of parchment? You can! However, I still prefer to bake with parchment. It’s my preference, but your preference could be to use silicone mats. Just experiment and go with what you prefer based on experience and results. 🫶🏻
  • Can I decorate these cookies with royal icing or buttercream? I haven’t tried, but you could if you wanted to. Here is my royal icing recipe.
Print

pecan shortbread crescent cookies

Print Recipe

  • Author: Emily Loggans
  • Yield: 24 1x

Ingredients

Scale

226g unsalted butter, room temperature (2 sticks ; 1 cup ; 16 Tbsp)

90g powdered sugar (¾ cup)

½ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ¼ tsp regular table salt)

1 tsp vanilla bean paste (or vanilla extract)

100g pecans, toasted and chopped (1 cup)

270g all purpose flour (2 ¼ cup)

120g powdered sugar, for rolling after baking (1 cup)

Instructions

Preheat the oven to 350 F.

In a mixing bowl, beat the butter until it is smooth with no lumps. We are not trying to beat in air. Add the powdered sugar, salt, and vanilla and mix until it is smooth. Again, we are not trying to beat in air.

Add the flour and toasted pecans and mix until it is no longer a dry crumb, but a moist crumb. Don’t mix until it is a smooth dough ball. It will be a crumbly mixture with no dry bits.

Scoop the dough into small balls using a small cookie scoop. I used my black #40 (1 ½ Tbsp) cookie scoop and got about two dozen balls. Here’s where you choose your journey with these: either smooth the balls with your hand and evenly space about an inch apart on a cookie sheet lined with parchment paper or roll each ball into a log, shape into a crescent, and evenly space about an inch apart on a cookie sheet lined with parchment paper. If you want to turn these into slice and bake cookies, roll the dough into a log inside a piece of parchment paper and refrigerate for an hour or two so it will be sliceable. Slice into ½″ slices and place about an inch apart on the cookie sheet.

Chill the unbaked cookies in the fridge for about 15 minutes to help them keep their shape.

Bake for 15-20 minutes. They will look dry and not shiny on top. The bottoms will be slightly golden brown. Cool on the pan for about 5 minutes before tranferring to a wire rack. While they are warm, dip in powdered sugar. Allow the cookies to cool completely and dip in powdered sugar for a second time.

Did you make this recipe?

Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

more like this

soft stamped gingerbread cookies

November 2, 2025

Easily one of my favorite cookies of all time, these spiced soft stamped gingerbread cookies are perfect for the holiday season.

Dare I say, this is my favorite cookie…ever? It’s just so pretty. And the possibilities are truly endless when it comes to design. Metal cookie stamps, plunger style cookie cutters, engraved rolling pins, springerle molds, gingerbread molds, even the bottoms of some glassware can make a pretty impression. This is the recipe I like to use for a soft, chewy, slightly thick, well spiced gingerbread cookie (that is very similar to Tartine) that can be prepared two ways: rolling and cutting like cut out cookies or scooping balls and stamping. Both ways work really well, and it just depends on what process you’re in the mood to do. Scooping balls is a tiny bit easier, though.

These cookies were rolled dough that I stamped with plunger cutters from Target’s dollar section (gingerbread people and trees) and King Arthur Flour (houses).

ingredients in soft stamped gingerbread cookies

  • butter– I always use unsalted butter in my recipes so I can accurately tell you how much salt to add, but the truth is that when I’m just baking personally, I use salted butter and nothing is ever too salty. Use what you have, but make sure that it has come to room temperature, about 66-70 degrees. Butter straight out of the fridge will not cream as well, which will either require too much creaming (creating too aerated of a mixture) or the final dough will have little pebbles of butter that will melt in the oven, causing uneven cookies. Make sure the butter hasn’t softened too much and become melty or squishy.
  • sugar– Granulated sugar helps this cookie have a crisper edge.
  • brown sugar– This recipe also uses brown sugar, which adds a flavor boost as well as extra softness and chew to the cookie.
  • molasses– essential for the gingerbread flavor
  • vanilla– Vanilla is for flavor in this recipe, and I recommend using vanilla bean paste instead of extract if you can. I love to use vanilla bean paste because the flavor is more intense, but vanilla extract is great as well. I love The Spice House, Heilala, and Nielsen-Massey. (Make sure to check your local Costco store for big jars of Nielsen-Massey at an amazing price!)
  • egg– An egg will give the cookie structure and tenderness.
  • salt- Diamond Crystal kosher salt is the best for baking, so I recommend grabbing a box if you can. It will last you for a long time if you just use it for baking! If you don’t have this type of salt, swap for regular table salt and use half the amount called for.
  • flour– Flour provides the structure for this cookie, and this recipe has the perfect amount for the dough to both hold its shape, yet not be too floury and dry.
  • baking soda– The leavener in this recipe.
  • cinnamon– This is my favorite cinnamon from The Spice House, but they also have this set to taste test all of the varieties so you can discover which you like best.
  • ginger– An important flavor in gingerbread cookies (obviously). Here’s a link to The Spice House ginger.
  • nutmeg– A little nutmeg goes a long way, but it’s an important warming spice in gingerbread.
  • cloves– Another warming spice that adds flavor to gingerbread.

*You can use my code EMILYLOGGANS at The Spice House for 10% off your purchase.*

supplies needed to make soft stamped gingerbread cookies

  • hand mixer or stand mixer– A stand mixer makes this process so incredibly easy, but a hand mixer works just fine, especially if you’re just making a single batch.
  • spatula– A spatula is essential to scrape down the bowl throughout the process. Without scraping, you’ll end up with an unevenly mixed dough and cookies that are inconsistent. 
  • scale– If there’s one thing I can convince you of, please let it be a kitchen scale. 🙏🏻Using a scale makes everything easier with baking, and it ensures you get the same results every time. Flour is so easy to over-add with volume measurements, and a scale solves that problem.
  • parchment paper– I always roll my dough between two sheets of pre-cut parchment paper, which is by far the best way to roll out dough.
  • guided rolling pin– Rolling dough evenly is tricky with a regular rolling pin, but with a guided rolling pin, dough comes out evenly every time. It’s such a time saver and one of my favorite kitchen tools.
  • baking sheets– I use these cookie sheets for years, and they are amazing. 
  • cookie stamps– There are so many options for cookie stamps out there, but my favorites are Nordic Ware. You could also use plunger impression cutters or an embossed rolling pin.

how to make soft stamped gingerbread cookies

The dough for these cookies can be prepared two ways: rolling and cutting like cut out cookies or scooping balls and stamping. Both ways work really well, and it just depends on what process you’re in the mood to do. Scooping balls is a tiny bit easier, though. Keep in mind your cutter shape. If you’re doing round stamps, then you can do either method. If your cutters are shaped like the ones in the image below (gingerbread men, houses, trees, etc.), then you’ll have to do the roll out method.

success tips for making soft stamped gingerbread cookies

  • Using a scale will help give you my same results. If you don’t use a scale, the cookies could turn out differently. Weighing flour and sugar is the most important.
  • If you don’t have Diamond Crystal kosher salt, I totally recommend you get some. It is amazing and the perfect salt for baking and cooking. I know it seems expensive, but this box will last for so long. Also, you can use my code LINENANDGRAY for 10% off at The Spice House.
  • I use Nordic Ware cookie stamps. You can get them on Amazon, Williams Sonoma, Sur la Table, Target, and Kohl’s.
  • I also used this Holiday Pop Out Village set from King Arthur Flour.
  • You can make this dough ahead and leave in the refrigerator for up to four days. Leave it out of the fridge for about an hour to bring it to room temperature before rolling or pressing.
  • This recipe makes about two to three dozen cookies depending on size.
  • A pastry brush is one of those things you may not have, but if you’re shopping for the cutters at King Arthur, you could grab this one. Here’s another option for a silicone pastry brush set. I prefer silicone to real bristles because the bristles can fall out.

Don’t let cookie stamps scare you! The biggest trick to getting clean stamps is working with chilled dough, greasing the stamps with a little scrap of dough and dipping in flour or sugar. Let me know if you make them this holiday season! 🤎

watch how to make soft stamped gingerbread cookies

https://www.instagram.com/reel/DC9nRF-OrG9/?utm_source=ig_web_copy_link&igsh=MzRlODBiNWFlZA==

Print

soft stamped gingerbread cookies

Print Recipe

Easily one of my favorite cookies of all time, these spiced soft stamped gingerbread cookies are perfect for the holiday season.

  • Author: emilyloggans

Ingredients

Scale

cookies

226g unsalted butter, room temperature (2 sticks ; 1 cup ; 16 Tbsp)

100g granulated sugar (½ cup)

110g brown sugar (½ cup)

1 tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ½ tsp regular table salt)

1 tsp vanilla extract or paste

170g molasses (½ cup)

1 large egg

480g all purpose flour (4 cups)

½ tsp baking soda

1 Tbsp cinnamon

1 Tbsp ginger

½ tsp nutmeg

½ tsp cloves

icing

180g powdered sugar (1 ½ cups– I never weigh this)

2–3 tablespoon warm, slightly hot water

½ tsp vanilla bean paste (extract is fine)

½ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ¼ tsp table salt or fine sea salt)

Instructions

In a mixing bowl, beat butter until smooth, but not fluffy. The goal is just to make it smooth so there are no lumps. Add the granulated sugar, brown sugar, and salt and mix until combined and lightened slightly. (The goal is not to cream to light and fluffy as if we’re making a cake.)

Add the vanilla, molasses, and egg and mix until fully combined. (The mixture may look broken. It’s fine.)

Add flour, baking soda, cinnamon, ginger, nutmeg, and cloves to the wet mixture. Mix until fully combined and no floury bits remain. Be careful not to over mix.

Cover the dough and refrigerate for two hours or overnight.

Once dough has been chilled, either roll out to ¼” between lightly floured parchment or scoop into balls using a #24 sized cookie scoop. If you’re using round metal cookie stamps, you can go either way. If you’re using plunger style cookie cutters, then you’ll need to roll the dough.

Preheat your oven to 350 F while preparing the cookies.

Prepare your stamps by rubbing a small piece of dough all over the surface. Dip the stamp in flour or granulated sugar before pressing into the dough. When scooping into balls, I like to roll the ball in granulated sugar and dip the stamp in granulated sugar. For plunger cutters, I dipped in flour before stamping the rolled dough.

Stamping scooped dough with a metal cutter requires one extra step- cutting the shape out with a round cookie cutter for a clean edge.

Once your shapes are stamped and cut, transfer them to a parchment lined baking sheet. Refrigerate them for 10 minutes before baking to help them keep their shape.

Bake the cookies for about 10-12 minutes, or until the tops are not shiny and they are not squishy when you press against the side. You don’t want to over bake them, or they will be on the dry side.

Once cookies are baked, remove from oven and leave to cool on the cookie sheet for at least five minutes to give them a chance to set. Transfer to a wire rack to cool.

*While the cookies are baking, prepare the glaze icing.*

Combine all ingredients in a bowl and whisk until smooth.

Using a pastry brush, paint the cookies with a light layer of icing. If you don’t have a pastry brush, dip the cookies and scrape off the excess. Allow to dry before moving the cookies. (Dry time is short, only about 20 minutes. Then they are stackable. This makes them great for cookie boxes!)

Did you make this recipe?

Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

more like this

pumpkin spice sugar cookie ghosts

October 10, 2025

I don’t care if it’s basic to love pumpkin spice. It’s delicious. However, so many “pumpkin spice” recipes don’t contain pumpkin, only the pumpkin pie spices. I wanted a sugar cookie that had both. This cookie is the perfect fall cookie that I know you’re going to make every single year. It’s a soft sugar cookie with crisp edges, and it holds its shape after baking, so it’s a perfect cookie for decorating.

ingredients in pumpkin spice sugar cookies

  • butter– I always use unsalted butter in my recipes so I can accurately tell you how much salt to add, but the truth is that when I’m just baking personally, I use salted butter and nothing is ever too salty. Use what you have, but make sure that it has come to room temperature, about 66-70 degrees. Butter straight out of the fridge will not cream as well, which will either require too much creaming (creating too aerated of a mixture) or the final dough will have little pebbles of butter that will melt in the oven, causing uneven cookies. Make sure the butter hasn’t softened too much and become melty or squishy. See the FAQ section for more help about butter temperature.
  • sugar– I use granulated sugar in my sugar cookie recipe.
  • brown sugar– This recipe also uses brown sugar, which adds a flavor boost as well as extra softness and chew to the cookie.
  • flour– Flour provides the structure for this cookie, and this recipe has the perfect amount for the dough to both hold its shape, yet not be too floury and hard.
  • egg– An egg will give the cookie structure and tenderness.
  • pumpkin puree– Don’t use pumpkin pie filling! Make sure to grab pure pumpkin puree. I have tried a few brands, and I don’t recommend using an organic brand. The best results for this recipe come from Libby’s pumpkin puree. This recipe uses the puree as is and doesn’t call for straining the liquid from the puree. (I’ve tested this, and straining the liquid makes a too-dry dough.)
  • salt- Diamond Crystal kosher salt is the best for baking, so I recommend grabbing a box if you can. It will last you for a long time if you just use it for baking! If you don’t have this type of salt, swap for regular table salt and use half the amount called for.
  • vanilla– Vanilla is for flavor in this recipe, and I recommend using vanilla bean paste instead of extract if you can. I love to use vanilla bean paste because the flavor is more intense, but vanilla extract is great as well. I love The Spice House, Heilala, and Nielsen-Massey. (Make sure to check your local Costco store for big jars of Nielsen-Massey at an amazing price!)
  • pumpkin spice– You can make your own pumpkin spice mix, but I don’t usually have all those spices on hand at one time. I prefer to grab a pre-made pumpkin spice mix that tastes amazing because it’s nice and fresh.
  • pumpkin spice sugar– This product is optional as you could mix pumpkin spice sugar yourself with a little granulated sugar and pumpkin spice, but the flavor of this is so good. The sugar is very deeply infused with the pumpkin spice flavor since it’s been packaged together.

*You can use my code EMILYLOGGANS at The Spice House for 10% off.

supplies needed to make pumpkin spice sugar cookies

  • hand mixer or stand mixer– A stand mixer makes this process so incredibly easy, but a hand mixer works just fine, especially if you’re just making a single batch.
  • spatula– A spatula is essential to scrape down the bowl throughout the process. Without scraping, you’ll end up with an unevenly mixed dough and cookies that are inconsistent. 
  • scale– If there’s one thing I can convince you of, please let it be a kitchen scale. 🙏🏻Using a scale makes everything easier with baking, and it ensures you get the same results every time. Flour is so easy to over-add with volume measurements, and a scale solves that problem.
  • parchment paper– I always roll my dough between two sheets of pre-cut parchment paper, which is by far the best way to roll out dough.
  • guided rolling pin– Rolling dough evenly is tricky with a regular rolling pin, but with a guided rolling pin, dough comes out evenly every time. It’s such a time saver and one of my favorite kitchen tools.
  • baking sheets– I use these cookie sheets for years, and they are amazing. 
  • cookie cutter– you can obviously use any cookie cutters you like for these cookies, but here is the ghost cutter I used.

how to decorate pumpkin spice sugar cookie ghosts

These little ghosts and their blushy cheeks are so cute and extremely easy to make. You’ll need a batch of baked cookies (I got 35 4″ x 2″ ghost cookies from this recipe) and a single batch of royal icing. I used my royal icing recipe, but I added 1 teaspoon Watkins caramel extract and extra vanilla bean paste for these ghosts.

  • Bag some thick white icing right from the mixer to use as the outline for the ghosts.
  • Add some water to a large amount of white icing to thin it out to a thick flood consistency. When you lift your spatula up out of the bowl, it should drizzle down like a honey consistency. When you tap the surface of the bowl of icing, it should settle and smooth out. Bag the icing and set aside.
  • Take a small amount of icing and add some pink gel food coloring to make a light pink. Add some water to thin the icing out to a flood consistency just like the white icing. Bag the pink icing and set aside.
  • Take a small amount of icing and add some black gel food coloring to make a charcoal black icing. The color will deepen as it sits, so no need to add too much gel. Do not thin this color out. Bag and set aside.

Start by outlining each cookie with the detail consistency white icing.

Using the flood consistency white icing, flood the cookie from bottom to top. Using the pink flood consistency, pipe a circle of icing on the left and right side of the top of the ghost. These will be the blush cheeks.

Pipe a small dot with black consistency icing at the top of each pink circle for the eyes. Allow the cookie to dry completely for 8-12 hours, preferably with a fan on in the room near or facing the cookies.

watch how to make pumpkin spice sugar cookies

https://www.instagram.com/p/DPo2SPzDmk8

FAQs

  • Why did my cookies spread? A little spread (about an eighth of an inch around) is normal. Too much spread that causes the cookies to be misshapen is frustrating and can ruin the process when you want to decorate. Spread can happen for a few reasons: 1) You used too little flour in the dough. Did you weigh it? 2) What size were your eggs? This recipe is formulated for large sized eggs. Extra large eggs add a lot of additional moisture. 3) You didn’t chill the dough for long enough. The initial chill time is important for the butter to chill enough and for the flour to hydrate. Baking them right away will definitely cause them to spread. Additionally, that mini chill time in the freezer before baking is very helpful for holding their shape. 4) Did you use the correct amount of pumpkin? Too much would add too much moisture. 5) Is it possible you added too much sugar? Brown sugar is particularly tricky, because measuring a cup vs. a packed cup can yield very different results. If you didn’t weigh the sugar, it could have been too much. 6) Did you use Libby’s pumpkin puree (not pumpkin pie filling)? Other brands, particularly organic ones, have caused spread because of an excess of moisture.
  • Why was my dough crumbly and dry? Did you weigh your flour? It is very easy to accidentally add too much flour when measuring with cups. Too much flour will make a dry, crumbly dough. Did you add enough sugar? Do you have the right amount of butter? What size are your eggs? This recipe is formulated for large sized eggs. Medium or small eggs will not provide enough moisture to the dough. Make sure you do not strain the pumpkin for this recipe. We need all that moisture.
  • Can I use table salt instead of Diamond Crystal kosher salt? Absolutely! Just use half the amount called for since the flakes of diamond crystal are larger, which accounts for less volume in the measuring spoon. I do recommend purchasing a box of diamond crystal, especially if you’re a baker or like to cook. It’s truly the best and recommended by chefs.
  • Is Morton kosher salt the same as Diamond Crystal kosher salt? No, and I don’t recommend you use Morton kosher salt in baking.
  • Does my butter need to be room temperature or softened? Room temperature is ideal for this recipe. Cold butter will not mix properly, and softened butter will make a dough that is very soft and sticky. Do not use melted butter.
  • What should I do if my butter is cold from the fridge? If your butter is cold right out of the fridge, but you want to bake right now, there are a few options. 1)Microwave the butter as whole sticks on defrost mode for a few seconds at a time until it becomes pliable. 2) Chop the butter into small pieces and set off to the side until you can indent the butter with your finger. 
  • Why do my cookies have a shiny, see-through-like patch on the bottoms? That is the sign of an underdone (raw) cookie. It needs to bake more. Before pulling cookies out of the oven, check to make sure the tops are evenly “dull” and not shiny.
  • How can I bake these to be thin and crisp? Roll the dough to ⅙″ or ⅛″ and bake at a lower temperature for a longer time. If you bake them at 400 F, it might be too hot and brown them way too quickly before they had a chance to dry out enough to become crisp. Thin and crisp cookies are usually baked at 325 F, but I would start with 350 F. *I have not tested this recipe as a thin and crisp cookie because it is designed to be a thicker, softer cookie with crisp edges.
  • Do I really need a kitchen scale? Kinda, yeah? 🙃 They’re not very expensive, but it is a life changing kitchen investment. Here’s the one I use.
  • Can I bake my cookies on silicone mats instead of parchment? You can, and I recommend perforated silicone mats if you have them. They make such nice bottoms to cookies. However, I still prefer to bake with parchment. It’s my preference, but your preference could be to use silicone mats. Just experiment and go with what you prefer based on experience and results. 🫶🏻
  • Can I decorate these cookies with royal icing or buttercream? Yes! They are delicious with both. Here is my royal icing recipe.
  • Is this the same recipe you used to sell on the old website? Yes! This one is exactly the same as the pumpkin spice sugar cookie recipe I used to sell with the exception of one ingredient- I lowered the baking powder to ½ teaspoon as opposed to the 1 teaspoon I originally called for. Lowering it helped with creating more flat tops. I also lowered the oven temp from 400 F to 375 F to help preserve the softness in the cookies.
Print

pumpkin spice sugar cookie ghosts

Print Recipe

5 from 1 review

  • Author: emilyloggans
  • Yield: 36 4″ x 2″ ghosts 1x

Ingredients

Scale

339g unsalted butter, room temperature (3 sticks ; 1 ½ cups)

150g granulated sugar (¾ cup)

165g light brown sugar (¾ cup, packed)

1 ½ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ¾ tsp regular table salt)

2 egg yolks

2 tsp vanilla bean paste

130g Libby’s pumpkin puree (½ cup)

720g all purpose flour (6 cups)

½ tsp baking powder

1 Tbsp pumpkin spice

snickerdoodle dust

50g granulated sugar (¼ cup)

1 Tbsp cinnamon (OR pumpkin spice)

Instructions

In the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment, cream the butter, sugars, and salt on medium-low speed until combined. Scrape the sides and bottom of the bowl to ensure there are no unmixed bits.

Add the egg yolks, vanilla, and pumpkin puree and mix to combine. Scrape the sides and bottom of the bowl.

Add the flour, pumpkin spice, and baking powder all at once to the mixer and mix on low speed until a dough starts to form. Scrape the sides and bottom of the bowl to ensure all the flour is combined into the dough.

Drop the dough onto a piece of very lightly dusted with flour piece of parchment paper. Use your hands to gently form a thick disc before dusting it lightly with more flour. Cover with another piece of parchment and roll to ¼″.

Refrigerate the dough for 2 hours or overnight (and up to 3 days).

When ready to bake, preheat the oven to 375 F. 

Combine 50g (¼ cup) granulated sugar with 1 tablespoon pumpkin spice or cinnamon. Cut cookies and coat each one in the spiced sugar mixture (top and bottom). Place the cookies on a parchment lined baking sheet and freeze for 5 minutes or refrigerate for 10-15. 

Bake the cookies for 8-10 minutes depending on the size. The size and thickness of the cookies will determine how long they bake, so pay attention to the surface of the cookies. The surface should be no longer shiny, and the tops should be evenly puffed. 

Cool the cookies on the cookie sheet for a few minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely before decorating. Moving them prematurely can result in broken cookies.

Did you make this recipe?

Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

more like this

buttery sugar cookie cut out cookies

October 8, 2025

I was tempted to title this recipe “the very best cut out cookies”, but throwing around the word “best” is a little overdone on the internet. However, these really are the best. I promise.

My ideal cut out cookie is not a typical sugar cookie, which has a higher ratio of sugar to butter than my recipe. This is probably entirely related to the way I grew up, as we only ever made one recipe as cut out cookies: the Betty Crocker spritz cookie recipe, which is much less sugar by comparison to a classic sugar cookie recipe. For years, I have worked on this recipe, tweaking it here and there to make it ideal for decorated cut out cookies, whether you prefer royal icing or buttercream decorating. It’s also delicious baked crunchy with sugar on top, similar to a danish butter cookie.

This cookie is buttery, sweet but not too sweet, crisp edges with a soft chewy center, and delicious baked thin & crisp or thick & soft depending on your preference.

ingredients in buttery cut out cookies

  • butter– I always use unsalted butter in my recipes so I can accurately tell you how much salt to add, but the truth is that when I’m just baking personally, I use salted butter and nothing is ever too salty. Use what you have, but make sure that it has come to room temperature, about 66-70 degrees. Butter straight out of the fridge will not cream as well, which will either require too much creaming (creating too aerated of a mixture) or the final dough will have little pebbles of butter that will melt in the oven, causing uneven cookies. Make sure the butter hasn’t softened too much and become melty or squishy. See the FAQ section for more help about butter temperature.
  • sugar– I use granulated sugar in my sugar cookie recipe. This recipe has a little less sugar than a typical sugar cookie recipe, but just enough to give the cookie the perfect sweetness and texture.
  • flour– Flour provides the structure for this cookie, and this recipe has the perfect amount for the dough to both hold its shape, yet not be too floury and hard.
  • cornstarch– Adding a small amount of cornstarch to a dough will make the final cookies a bit softer and more tender while also helping the cookies hold their shape.
  • egg– An egg will give the cookie structure and tenderness. A whole egg is the simplest choice and works perfectly here. However, if you want the best flavor and texture in your final cookies, try using two egg yolks instead of one whole egg. It’s incredible and what I prefer. Of course, I understand the annoyance of having two extra egg whites you don’t know what to do with, so here are a few recipes to try out with those extra whites!
  • salt- Diamond Crystal kosher salt is the best for baking, so I recommend grabbing a box if you can. It will last you for a long time if you just use it for baking! If you don’t have this type of salt, swap for regular table salt and use half the amount called for.
  • vanilla– Vanilla is essential for flavor in this recipe, and I recommend using vanilla bean paste instead of extract if you can. I love to use vanilla bean paste because the flavor is more intense, but vanilla extract is great as well. I love The Spice House, Heilala, and Nielsen-Massey. (Make sure to check your local Costco store for big jars of Nielsen-Massey at an amazing price!)
  • almond extract– I grew up in almond extract loving family, so I was surprised to discover that it is a polarizing flavor. If you are not a fan, swap it for more vanilla or skip it entirely.

*You can use my code EMILYLOGGANS for 10% off at The Spice House. I love to get my vanilla, almond, salt, and spices from there!

supplies needed to make buttery cut out cookies

  • hand mixer or stand mixer– A stand mixer makes this process so incredibly easy, but a hand mixer works just fine, especially if you’re just making a single batch.
  • spatula– A spatula is essential to scrape down the bowl throughout the process. Without scraping, you’ll end up with an unevenly mixed dough and cookies that are inconsistent.
  • scale– If there’s one thing I can convince you of, please let it be a kitchen scale. 🙏🏻Using a scale makes everything easier with baking, and it ensures you get the same results every time. Flour is so easy to over-add with volume measurements, and a scale solves that problem.
  • parchment paper– I always roll my dough between two sheets of pre-cut parchment paper, which is by far the best way to roll out dough.
  • guided rolling pin– Rolling dough evenly is tricky with a regular rolling pin, but with a guided rolling pin, dough comes out evenly every time. It’s such a time saver and one of my favorite kitchen tools.
  • baking sheets– I use these cookie sheets for years, and they are amazing.
Print

buttery sugar cookie cut out cookies

Print Recipe

This cookie is buttery, sweet but not too sweet, crisp edges with a soft chewy center, and delicious baked thin & crisp or thick & soft depending on your preference.

  • Author: Emily Loggans

Ingredients

Scale

226g unsalted butter (2 sticks ; 1 cup)

150g granulated sugar (¾ cup)

1 tsp salt, Diamond Crystal kosher salt (use ½ tsp for table salt)

2 egg yolks (you could substitute for one whole egg if preferred)

1 tsp vanilla bean paste (or vanilla extract)

1 tsp almond extract (optional)

300g all purpose flour (2 ½ cups) 

10g cornstarch (1 tbsp) 

Instructions

In the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment (or mixing bowl), cream the butter, sugar, and salt on low to medium-low speed until combined and slightly lightened. Scrape the sides and bottom of the bowl to ensure there are no under-mixed bits.

Decorate how you would like with buttercream or royal icing.

Add the egg, vanilla, and almond extract and mix until fully combined and emulsified. 

Add the flour and cornstarch all at once and mix on low speed until the mixture starts to form a dough. Scrape the sides and bottom of the bowl to make sure there are no dry bits of flour. 

Drop the dough onto lightly floured parchment paper. Gently form the dough with your hand into a smooth disc before lightly flouring the top of the dough. Place a second piece of parchment paper over the top of the dough and roll it to ¼″ with a guided rolling pin. (Roll to ⅙″-⅛″ for a crisp, thin cookie and roll to 5/16″-⅜″ for a very thick cookie.) 

Refrigerate the sheet of dough for two hours or overnight.

When ready to bake, preheat the oven to 400 F.

Cut shapes from the chilled dough with lightly floured cookie cutters, placing the cut cookies on a parchment lined baking sheet. Chill the cookies in the refrigerator for 10-15 minutes or in the freezer for 5 minutes before baking. Bake the cookies for 8-10 minutes, or until the tops are no longer shiny. The size and thickness of the cookies will determine how long they bake, so pay attention to the surface and the bottoms of the cookies. The surface should be no longer shiny, and the bottoms should be slightly golden brown.

Cool the cookies on the cookie sheet for a few minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely before decorating. Moving them prematurely can result in broken cookies.

Did you make this recipe?

Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

FAQs

  • Why did my cookies spread? A little spread (about an eighth of an inch around) is normal. Too much spread that causes the cookies to be misshapen is frustrating and can ruin the process when you want to decorate. Spread can happen for a few reasons: 1) You used too little flour in the dough. Did you weigh it? 2) What size were your eggs? This recipe is formulated for large sized eggs. Extra large eggs add a lot of additional moisture. 3) You didn’t chill the dough for long enough. The initial chill time is important for the butter to chill enough and for the flour to hydrate. Baking them right away will definitely cause them to spread. Additionally, that mini chill time in the freezer before baking is very helpful for holding their shape.
  • Why was my dough crumbly and dry? Did you weigh your flour? It is very easy to accidentally add too much flour when measuring with cups. Too much flour will make a dry, crumbly dough. Did you add enough sugar? Do you have the right amount of butter? What size are your eggs? This recipe is formulated for large sized eggs. Medium or small eggs will not provide enough moisture to the dough.
  • Can I use table salt instead of Diamond Crystal kosher salt? Absolutely! Just use half the amount called for since the flakes of diamond crystal are larger, which accounts for less volume in the measuring spoon. I do recommend purchasing a box of diamond crystal, especially if you’re a baker or like to cook. It’s truly the best and recommended by chefs.
  • Is Morton kosher salt the same as Diamond Crystal kosher salt? No, and I don’t recommend you use Morton kosher salt in baking.
  • Does my butter need to be room temperature or softened? Room temperature is ideal for this recipe. Cold butter will not mix properly, and softened butter will make a dough that is very soft and sticky. Do not use melted butter.
  • What should I do if my butter is cold from the fridge? If your butter is cold right out of the fridge, but you want to bake right now, there are a few options. 1) Microwave the butter as whole sticks on defrost mode for a few seconds at a time until it becomes pliable. 2) Chop the butter into small pieces and set off to the side until you can indent the butter with your finger.
  • Why is the oven temperature so hot? I like to bake these cookies at 400 F, which is a hotter temperature than most sugar cookie recipes call for. I like a slightly golden brown bottom to my cookies while keeping the centers softer, and 400 F provides both of those things since the cookies can caramelize more quickly. Using a lower oven temperature like 350 F would take longer to caramelize the bottoms while then drying out the centers of the cookie. Also, baking at 400 F sets the proteins in the eggs more quickly, which actually helps the cookies hold their shape even better. This temperature is too hot for a cookie with more sugar, though. Since this is a butter-forward recipe, it works. But in a sugar-forward recipe, it creates cookies that are too hard.
  • Why are my cookies getting too golden brown on the bottom? If you prefer a softer colored bottom, and you find that the cookies are just browning too much for you while they still need to bake to not be underdone, lower the oven temp to 375 F.
  • Why do my cookies have a shiny, see-through-like patch on the bottoms? That is the sign of an underdone (raw) cookie. It needs to bake more. Before pulling cookies out of the oven, check to make sure the tops are evenly “dull” and not shiny.
  • How can I bake these to be thin and crisp? Roll the dough to ⅙″ or ⅛″ and bake at a lower temperature for a longer time. If you bake them at 400 F, it might be too hot and brown them way too quickly before they had a chance to dry out enough to become crisp. Thin and crisp cookies are usually baked at 325 F, but I would start with 350 F.
  • Do I really need a kitchen scale? Kinda, yeah? 🙃 They’re not very expensive, but it is a life changing kitchen investment. Here’s the one I use.
  • Can I bake my cookies on silicone mats instead of parchment? You can, and I recommend perforated silicone mats if you have them. They make such nice bottoms to cookies. However, I still prefer to bake with parchment. It’s my preference, but your preference could be to use silicone mats. Just experiment and go with what you prefer based on experience and results. 🫶🏻
  • Can I decorate these cookies with royal icing or buttercream? Yes! They are delicious with both. Here is my royal icing recipe.
  • Is this the same recipe you used to sell on the old website? This recipe has gone through SO MANY changes over the years. I just keep changing things here and there. So, no. It is not the exact same. I used to use cake flour, but I have since changed it to regular all purpose flour with a little cornstarch for similar results. Cake flour is crazy expensive and hard to find, and I want these cookies to be low maintenance. Also, I found the cake flour made the cookies a little too tender. I also used to use 100g of sugar. I eventually raised it to 125g and realized I liked the tenderizing and sweetness. I raised it a little more to 150g and realized I loved the extra chew in the center. A typical sugar cookie recipe is 200g of sugar to the amount of butter in this recipe, but I’ve found that 150g is perfectly in the middle. I used to add baking powder, but have since cut it because I don’t think it is necessary in this cookie. I used to call for one whole egg, but since trying two egg yolks, I’ve fallen in love with that. You can still use a whole egg if you prefer, and I still do that sometimes if I don’t want any extra whites. It’s just good to know that one is even better than the other so you can make an informed choice.

more like this

trying natural dyes: a review of prsm sugar co

June 4, 2025

*The photos in this blog post are unedited to show the true colors of the icing.

Natural food dyes are rising in popularity in the cookie decorating world lately, so naturally I decided to buy several brands to swatch and review the way they performed in royal icing.

The most popular brand of natural food coloring seems to be PRSM Sugar Co. They offer powder coloring, liquid gel coloring, baking gel coloring, and metallic powders. For my experiments, I bought the full set of 24 powder colors and the full set of 10 liquid gel colors, but for this post, I will just be focusing on the powder colors.

the cost

The set of 24 powder colors costs $190, and individually, each color costs $8. Each little jar is 7g, which is a little shy of two tablespoons of powder. For context, I used about 1/16 of a teaspoon for pastel shades in ½ cup, or 150g, of thick royal icing. For medium shades, I used 2/16 of a teaspoon (yes, that’s ⅛, but I was using a 1/16 measuring spoon), and for deep shades I used 3/16 of a teaspoon. That means that each little jar has approximately 96 1/16 sized scoops of powder, and one jar of powder will color approximately 48 cups of royal icing in pastel, 24 cups of royal icing in medium, and 16 cups of royal icing in deep. My royal icing recipe makes about 6 cups of icing, which covers a little more than three dozen cookies.

Now that all the math is over, my point is: these jars are tiny and seem expensive, but when you consider how much icing they are able to color, they are not as costly as you may originally think. The coloring is very concentrated, and the color of the icing deepens even further overnight.

the method

This particular food coloring is in a powder form. That means it needs to be hydrated before it is mixed into royal icing. Some people prefer to fully mix the powder with a little distilled water in a tiny bowl before transferring it to the royal icing and mixing it in. Some people mix the powder straight into the royal icing. Some people make a well in the surface of the royal icing, put the powder in it, add a little water to hydrate it, and then stir it in. I personally prefer this method to the other two. The powder doesn’t mix as well as it would if it was fully hydrated first, and this does lead to more speckling in some colors, but I also found that I prefer to mix the icing colors the day before I plan to use them to allow the colors to fully develop. After I mix the colors in a small bowl, I cover them with Saran Wrap, label them, and let them sit overnight before I stir them again the next day to mix any remaining powder speckles into the icing. Then I bag them as usual.

the colors

Each of these colors were mixed into ½ cup, or 150g, of thick royal icing.

– super red

This color has a more raspberry/wine/maroon tone than a true red. It is a beautiful color, and I will be keeping it in my dye-free color kit to use as a deep berry pink or even a cooler-toned pastel pink. For this one, I used ⅛ teaspoon increments- ⅛ teaspoon for light, 2/8 teaspoon (which is ¼ tsp) for medium, and ⅜ teaspoon for deep. This is as much as I would use if you don’t want any strange flavors. You may be able to add a little more if you also add even more extracts to mask the flavor. This color does have a bad taste if you add too much powder.

⅛ teaspoon super red- light
¼ teaspoon super red- medium
⅜ teaspoon super red- dark
⅜ teaspoon super red- dark, with ¼ teaspoon lemon juice

I added ¼ teaspoon of lemon juice, and I do think it brightened and warmed the color a little bit, although it wasn’t extremely drastic like some colors are. After 24 hours of developing the color in the bowl, it did deepen quite a bit.

super red after developing 24 hrs

– red

This red is a little warmer than super red, and it also makes a beautiful pink icing. I used the same amounts for this one- ⅛ teaspoon for light, 2/8 teaspoon for medium, and ⅜ teaspoon for deep. There is a taste, but it isn’t extreme and does fade quickly on the tongue. Any more than this, however, and the taste would be too noticeable. I added ¼ teaspoon lemon juice, and the color did brighten and warm up. After 24 hours of developing the color in the bowl, it did deepen quite a bit.

⅛ teaspoon red- light
2/8 teaspoon red- medium
⅜ teaspoon red- dark, with lemon juice

red after developing for 24 hrs

comparison of the reds:

– bright orange

Bright orange is gorgeous. A very warm, peachy orange. The powder does have a smell, but it doesn’t linger in the icing and doesn’t leave a noticeable taste, even with the darkest shade. For this color, I used 1/16 teaspoon increments for a light, medium, and dark.

1/16 teaspoon bright orange- light
2/16 teaspoon bright orange- medium
3/16 teaspoon bright orange- dark

bright orange after developing 24 hrs

– orange

This orange is more the classic orange shade. It also did not flavor the icing, despite the strong smell of the powder in the jar. If you had this orange, but wanted it to look more like bright orange, you could warm this color up a bit with a red or pink shade.

1/16 teaspoon orange- light
2/16 teaspoon orange- medium
3/16 teaspoon orange- dark

orange after developing for 24 hrs

comparison of the oranges:

– sunset yellow

This color had a surprising fruity flavor that made the icing taste delicious. I love this shade of yellow- it is the perfect buttery yellow and a shade of yellow I use most often. It’s very similar to Americolor gold.

1/16 teaspoon sunset yellow- light
2/16 teaspoon sunset yellow- medium
3/16 teaspoon sunset yellow- dark

sunset yellow after developing 24 hrs

– yellow

This is a perfect classic yellow shade. Very much sunshine and lemons. You could easily warm this shade up to be similarly toned to sunset yellow with a little orange, pink, or red.

1/16 teaspoon yellow- light
2/16 teaspoon yellow- medium
3/16 teaspoon yellow- dark

yellow after developing 24 hrs

comparison of the yellows:

– spring green

This is a very bright, yellow-toned green that doesn’t get very deep.

1/16 teaspoon spring green- light
2/16 teaspoon spring green- medium
3/16 teaspoon spring green- dark

spring green after developing 24 hrs

– leaf green

This is more of a classic, grassy green. I would definitely keep this one on hand as a basic dye-free green. Because it’s a good basic green, it can easily be changed with color theory to make it more yellow-toned like spring green or more of a forest green or sage green with a little blue.

1/16 teaspoon leaf green- light
2/16 teaspoon leaf green- medium
3/16 teaspoon leaf green- dark

leaf green after developing 24 hrs

comparison of the greens:

– emerald

This green is so unique and special, and it makes me think of that 90’s green. I love how unique it is. It’s more blue-toned, and it could easily be toned down with a little brown to not be as bright if you wanted a more muted green.

1/16 teaspoon emerald- light
2/16 teaspoon emerald- medium
3/16 teaspoon emerald- dark

emerald after developing 24 hrs

comparison of the greens:

– beta green

This green is unique and gorgeous. The perfect sage green. I noticed while mixing this color that the yellow granules do not hydrate as quickly, so as this color sits and develops, those yellow granules hydrate. This means that the color turns more green as it sits. It starts out very blue-toned, and gradually turns into a more true green, while still being blue-toned and muted. Stunning.

1/16 teaspoon beta green- light
2/16 teaspoon beta green- medium
3/16 teaspoon beta green- dark

beta green after developing 24 hrs

In this photo, you can really see those yellow granules that have not been hydrated yet.

comparison of the greens:

see the difference between the greens in these swatches- swatched at light, medium, dark, and after developing 24 hrs

– green turquoise

This green is beautiful, although I suspect I could easily mix this color from emerald.

1/16 teaspoon green turquoise- light
2/16 teaspoon green turquoise- medium
3/16 teaspoon green turquoise- dark
green turquoise after developing 24 hrs

– blue turquoise

This blue is very similar to sky blue. I added a little lemon juice to see if it would react, but the color didn’t change drastically (or at all, really). It’s a beautiful, rich ocean blue.

1/16 teaspoon blue turquoise- light
2/16 teaspoon blue turquoise- medium
3/16 teaspoon blue turquoise- dark
adding ¼ teaspoon lemon juice
after 24 hrs developing

– royal blue

This color is EVERYTHING. The perfect periwinkle blue. You can easily adjust the tone with a little color theory, although I want to test this one out again to see how dark I can get it.

1/16 teaspoon royal blue- light
2/16 teaspoon royal blue- medium
3/16 teaspoon royal blue- dark

royal blue after developing 24 hrs

– blue

This color was a bit tricky. It starts out very purple, but as you mix and add more powder, it is very blue. However, as it sits and develops, it turned very gray. This one was also very unpredictable for me and every time I used it as a mixing color, the top of the icing would develop differently than the rest.

1/16 teaspoon blue- light
2/16 teaspoon blue- medium
3/16 teaspoon blue- dark
blue after developing 24 hrs, unmixed
blue after developing 24 hrs, mixed

blue with ph changes- the pink (top left) has added lemon juice and the blue (bottom left has added baking soda, and the periwinkle shade (right) is the blue as is

see the differences between royal blue and blue swatches (the bottom two rows)

– sky blue

This is a very nice, simple sky blue shade. It is easily adjustable with color theory.

1/16 teaspoon sky blue- light
2/16 teaspoon sky blue- medium
3/16 teaspoon sky blue- dark

sky blue after developing 24 hrs

– violet

My favorite of the purples, violet is a stunning simple purple shade. It is the deepest shade of the purples.

1/16 teaspoon violet- light
2/16 teaspoon violet- medium
3/16 teaspoon violet- dark

violet after developing 24 hrs, unmixed and mixed

– regal purple

This purple is a little more warm, as it has a little more pinky/red in it.

1/16 teaspoon regal purple- light
2/16 teaspoon regal purple- medium
3/16 teaspoon regal purple- dark

regal purple after developing 24 hrs

– deep purple

This purple is very pretty, although similar to regal purple.

1/16 teaspoon deep purple- light
2/16 teaspoon deep purple- medium
3/16 teaspoon deep purple- dark

deep purple after developing 24 hrs, unmixed and mixed

comparison of the purples:

– fuchsia

This pink gets pretty deep, and it is very fuchsia, which is a purple-pink. More cool-toned than the reds.

1/16 teaspoon fuchsia- light
2/16 teaspoon fuchsia- medium
3/16 teaspoon fuchsia- dark

fuchsia after developing 24 hrs

– pink

Classic bubblegum pink. More cool-toned than the reds.

1/16 teaspoon pink- light
2/16 teaspoon pink- medium
3/16 teaspoon pink- dark

pink after developing 24 hrs

green turquoise, blue turquoise, royal blue, blue, sky blue, violet, regal purple, deep purple, fuchsia, pink

– brown

This is such a pretty, warm-toned beige. I usually achieve this color with Americolor ivory and taupe.

1/16 teaspoon brown- light
2/16 teaspoon brown- medium
3/16 teaspoon brown- dark
4/16 teaspoon (¼ tsp) brown- extra dark

brown after developing 24 hrs

– dark brown

This shade of brown is so similar to a coffee ice cream. It’s beautiful.

1/16 teaspoon dark brown- light
2/16 teaspoon dark brown- medium
3/16 teaspoon dark brown- dark

dark brown after developing 24 hrs

– black

This one was so interesting. It is very warm and brown, but when baking soda is added, it turns more charcoal. After developing, it definitely deepened into a color that could be used as a black. I think this color could also be used intentionally as a beautiful cool-toned brown shade.

1/16 teaspoon black- light
2/16 teaspoon black- medium
3/16 teaspoon black- dark

added a small amount of baking soda and water- notice the change from brownish-purple to charcoal

black after developing 24 hrs, unmixed and mixed

brown is the first row, dark brown is the second row, and black is the third row– see the difference between the two brown shades, and notice that the black is actually a shade of brown before baking soda is added to adjust the ph

a note on ph

Some natural coloring is ph sensitive, meaning that if you change the ph of the icing (making it more acidic or more alkaline) by adding lemon juice or a baking soda solution, the colors will change. The most ph sensitive colors from PRSM are blue, black, super red, and red.

tips for success

I will admit, these colors intimidated me at first. It’s a completely different method from what I am used to using (artificial gel coloring), but after swatching them all, I am extremely comfortable with using them. Whether you are interested in switching to natural colors, or you want to add them to your options for cookie orders, I recommend swatching each color you purchase so you can experience the process for yourself. It was the best way to see how these powders perform and to figure out a method that works for me.

Something I noticed right away the first time I tried these powders, is that the icing you start with will end up much looser after adding the coloring. That is because the powder coloring needs water to hydrate it, and all that additional moisture loosens up the consistency of the icing. To remedy that, start with an icing that is thicker than what you want. I adjusted my royal icing recipe to be just ½ cup of water per batch so that it would be even thicker than usual.

final thoughts, and what I would re-purchase

do I like them overall?

If you are interested in using dye-free food coloring, these are an amazing (and dare I say, perfect?) option. Once you get the hang of hydrating the powders, realizing that you need to mix icing colors a day ahead, and learning what the powders will look like once they’re mixed and developed, they are not difficult to use. For dye-free coloring, I love them.

is there a taste?

The red and super red absolutely can have a bad taste, especially if you add too much powder. I found that ⅜ teaspoon of powder in ½ cup of icing was the most I could possibly add before I noticed the taste too much. Everyone’s palate is different, though, so you might be able to get away with adding more. The taste with ⅜ teaspoon was minimal, and although I noticed it right away, it disappeared on the tongue very quickly. It is also important to note that I tasted it when the icing was wet, which will also highlight the taste more. The taste tends to go away more as the icing dries.

The other colors did no have noticeable tastes in the icing (with the exception of sunset yellow, which I’ll mention below), despite the smell being pretty strong in the jar and while mixing the icing. I was very happy to realize that even with dark colors, there wasn’t any bad flavors in the icing. To be safe, I would add a little extra flavoring to your icing when mixing natural colors.

Sunset yellow had the surprise of having a delicious taste that was kind of fruity.

the shades

I was extremely impressed with the vibrancy and variation of colors that PRSM was able to get from natural products. The colors are very bright, while I was expecting much more muted tones. They are actually brighter tones than I typically prefer for my icing colors, which is good news for those who love bright colors. If you prefer muted tones, it’s very easy to adjust them with color theory.

recommendations- what to buy

I recommend either buying the full set, or creating a smaller set by picking and choosing your favorite purple, pink, green, etc. If you’re looking to spend a little less, I would recommend choosing between sky blue and blue turquoise, regal purple and deep purple, leaf green and spring green (you could easily add a little yellow to leaf green to brighten it similarly to spring green), green turquoise and emerald, orange and bright orange (you could easily add a red or pink to orange to imitate the warmth in bright orange), and yellow and sunset yellow (you could easily warm up yellow to imitate sunset yellow).

The only color that I found to be consistently problematic for me that I plan to skip going forward is blue. It is beautiful, but it is unpredictable. I love how dark it gets, and that darkness would be incredible as a mixing color, but every single time I used it and mixed with it, the top layer of my icing was a different color than what was underneath. Maybe I just need a little guidance on this color, but for now, I am skipping blue.

my favorites

My favorites in the set were: super red, bright orange, sunset yellow, leaf green, emerald, beta green, royal blue, sky blue, violet. However, I would also need yellow and orange for the basic versions of those shades.

where to buy

You can buy the full set as well as individual colors on Etsy. It is also helpful to know that the brand SMoR Bake sells powder color that is PRSM. She offers a few different shades, including some that are exclusive to her brand.

do they fade?

These are three un-edited photos taken the first day, the second day, and the fourth day. I haven’t noticed any fading of the colors.

the colors in action

These colors were all mixed with the PRSM colors I mixed for this post. (You can watch the video of me making these at my Instagram Subscription.)

tiramisu brownie cookies

April 29, 2025

These fudgy brownie cookies are inspired by tiramisu. They are incredible. Probably the best bite I’ve had this year. The cookie is technically a brownie, but it’s spiked with coffee and studded with dark chocolate. The mascarpone cream on top is so indulgent (and also spiked with coffee) with a gorgeous creamy texture that pairs so well with the brownie. Together it’s the perfect bite.

why you’ll love tiramisu brownie cookies

  • If you love brownies, you’ll love this rich, fudgy brownie cookie. And since it’s in a cookie shape, there’s crisp edges all around.
  • The mascarpone cream topping is so delicious and creamy with rich vanilla bean and coffee flavor. A light dusting of Dutch cocoa powder brings the right amount of bitterness while creating that tiramisu aesthetic.
  • There’s only two parts to this recipe- the brownie cookie and the mascarpone cream. Both are easy to prepare and can be made all in a row without any chilling.

ingredients in tiramisu brownie cookies

  • unsalted butter– Salted butter would work totally fine in this cookie. Since we are melting it, it doesn’t need to be room temp.
  • chocolate– The chocolate should be around 60% so that it’s not too dark or too milky. I like using Ghirardelli 60% chocolate bars for this, but I’ve found that the chocolate chip version of that chocolate works just as well. I also add those chocolate chips to the dough, so it is convenient to use them in both ways.
  • instant coffee– You can use instant coffee (like Folger’s) or espresso powder. I usually use 1 teaspoon of espresso powder, like this one. If you’re using Folger’s instant coffee, use a little more, like 2 tsp. We’re also going to add this to the mascarpone cream.
  • granulated sugar- For sweetness and texture- It’s going to provide the crispy edges and shiny skin on top that brownies are known for.
  • brown sugar– For sweetness and texture- Brown sugar adds a chewiness to baked goods, but brown sugar also adds a depth of flavor.
  • salt– Diamond Crystal is the best salt for baking, but if you just have table salt, then halve the amount of salt called for.
  • eggs– Whipping eggs with the sugar will create a light texture as well as that crackly shiny top to the brownie cookies.
  • vanilla– for flavor (I like to use vanilla bean paste because it has a stronger vanilla flavor. Some good ones are Nielsen-Massey, Heilala, The Spice House, and Rodelle.) We’ll also add vanilla bean paste to the mascarpone cream.
  • cocoa powder– Use Dutch process cocoa powder rather than natural cocoa powder. The flavor is richer and more chocolate-y. I use Rodelle Dutch process cocoa powder.
  • all purpose flour– the base of the dough
  • mascarpone– For the mascarpone cream; mascarpone makes the whipped cream stable and adds richness and the classic flavor of tiramisu.
  • powdered sugar- to sweeten the mascarpone cream
  • heavy whipping cream– to lighten the mascarpone cream

*You can use my code EMILYLOGGANS for 10% at The Spice House. I love to get my vanilla, almond, salt, and spices there!

supplies needed to make tiramisu brownie cookies

  • hand mixer
  • pre-cut parchment paper
  • baking sheets
  • #30 cookie scoop
  • piping bag (I used tipless because it’s what I had on hand)
  • large round piping tip, like a Wilton 2A
  • wire mesh sieve

how to make tiramisu brownie cookies

These brownie cookies are divided into two parts: the brownie cookie base and the coffee mascarpone cream. Start with the brownie cookies, and make the mascarpone cream while the cookies bake and cool.

make the brownie cookies

Preheat the oven to 350 F.

To a small saucepan, add the butter and the chocolate chips. Melt on a low heat, stirring and being careful not to overheat the chocolate. The butter will melt more quickly, and once it’s melted, take it off the heat and stir until the rest of the chocolate is melted. Stir in the instant coffee. Set this aside.

To a mixing bowl, add the eggs, sugars, and salt. Mix with a hand mixer on medium-high speed until it is thick and mousse-y, about three minutes.

Pour the chocolate/butter mixture into the whipped eggs and fold gently until the chocolate and eggs are combined.

Using a fine mesh sieve, sift the cocoa powder and the flour into the mixture. It’s very important to sift cocoa powder, because it almost always has a lot of lumps.

Fold the dry ingredients in gently, adding the chocolate chips to the mixture before it’s fully combined. Finish folding the batter together until no more dry bits remain.

Scoop the cookies with a #30 cookie scoop onto a parchment lined baking sheet. Bake the cookies for 10-12 minutes. Let them cool on the baking sheet for a few minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely. Moving them prematurely will cause them to fall apart.

This recipe makes about 20-22 cookies that are about 2 ½″ in diameter when using a #30 scoop.

make the coffee mascarpone cream

While the cookies are baking and cooling, make the coffee mascarpone cream. To a mixing bowl, add the mascarpone, powdered sugar, vanilla bean paste, salt, and instant coffee (that has been dissolved in a tiny bit of hot water).

Mix with a hand mixer until the mixture is smooth and creamy. Add the cold whipping cream and mix until you reach stiff peaks.

Fill a piping bag (fitted with a round piping tip like a Wilton 2A) with the mascarpone cream. Pipe the mascarpone cream onto the brownie cookie however you’d like. I tried a few different ways, but my favorite was this flower pattern. Dust the top with a bit of cocoa powder.

This cross section. Wow.

success tips for making tiramisu brownie cookies

  • Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together beforeever starting the recipe will help tremendously.
  • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.
  • For perfectly round cookies, use a large metal cookie cutter to scoot the hot cookies into shape. I’m addicted to doing this.

serving with, other toppings, variations on, etc.

This fudgy brownie cookie can be the base for ANYTHING. It is such an incredibly cookie, and it is very customizable. Here are a few variations I have made with it (that you can currently find on Instagram, but will be coming to this blog soon):

  • cosmic brownie cookies
  • peanut butter brownie cookies
  • black brownie cookies
  • peppermint bark brownie cookies
  • Ghirardelli square brownie cookies (try caramel squares or any of their seasonal flavors)
  • peppermint bark brownie cookies

watch how to make tiramisu brownie cookies

Print

cosmic brownie cookies

Print Recipe

These fudgy brownie cookies are inspired by Little Debbie cosmic brownies, although very loosely inspired. These are incredibly rich and more “grown up”. The cookie is technically a brownie, but it’s spiked with coffee and studded with dark chocolate. The ganache on top is so indulgent and rich with an almost smoky flavor that pairs so well with the brownie. Together it’s the perfect bite.

  • Author: Emily Loggans
  • Yield: 18–20 1x

Ingredients

Scale

brownie cookie

113g unsalted butter (salted is fine)

113.5g (4 oz.) dark chocolate, like Ghirardelli 60% chips or bars

2 tsp instant coffee, like Folger’s

1 tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt, or ½ tsp regular salt

150g (¾ cup) granulated sugar

110g (½ cup) brown sugar

2 eggs

1 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

46g (½ cup) Dutch process cocoa powder

90g (¾ cup) all purpose flour

½ tsp baking powder

180g (1 cup) chopped chocolate or chocolate chips, like Ghirardelli 60%

ganache

180g dark chocolate (Ghirardelli 60%) (a heaping cup)

180g heavy whipping cream (¾ cup)

120g (1 cup) powdered sugar

1 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

½ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt, or ¼ tsp regular salt

Instructions

make the cookies

Preheat the oven to 350 F.

To a small saucepan, add the butter and the chocolate chips. Melt on a low heat, stirring and being careful not to overheat the chocolate. The butter will melt more quickly, and once it’s melted, take it off the heat and stir until the rest of the chocolate is melted. Stir in the instant coffee. Set this aside.

To a mixing bowl, add the eggs, sugars, and salt. Mix with a hand mixer on medium-high speed until it is thick and mousse-y, about three minutes.

Pour the chocolate/butter mixture into the whipped eggs and fold gently until the chocolate and eggs are combined.

Using a fine mesh sieve, sift the cocoa powder and the flour into the mixture. It’s very important to sift cocoa powder, because it almost always has a lot of lumps. Gently fold in the chocolate chips.

Scoop the cookies with a #30 cookie scoop onto a parchment lined baking sheet. Bake the cookies for 10-12 minutes. Let them cool on the baking sheet for a few minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely. Moving them prematurely will cause them to fall apart.

This recipe makes about 18-20 cookies that are about 2 ½″ in diameter when using a #30 scoop.

make the ganache

While the cookies are baking and cooling, make the ganache.

Warm the cream gently until steaming before pouring over the chocolate. Let sit for a couple minutes before gently whisking together until smooth. Set aside to come to room temperature.

Once the cookies are cooled, frost with the ganache. Sprinkle with rainbow bit chips.

Store in an airtight container. (These are especially good chilled.)

Notes

    • Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together before ever starting the recipe will help tremendously.

    • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.

    • For perfectly round cookies, use a large metal cookie cutter to scoot the hot cookies into shape. I’m addicted to doing this.

Did you make this recipe?

Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

cadbury egg & malted milk chocolate chip cookies

April 4, 2025

The perfect chocolate chip cookie has a deep caramelly flavor, crisp edges, chewy center, and is full of chocolate chips. Well, this one takes all that and throws in springtime’s favorite chocolate egg and some malted milk powder for a flavor boost. They are incredibly delicious, and best of all, don’t require fridge time.

why you’ll love cadbury egg & malted milk chocolate chip cookies

  • Easy to make: These cookies come together really quickly and use just a whisk and spatula to make the dough, which is great if you don’t have a mixer.
  • No fridge time: That makes these perfect for when you need chocolate chip cookies NOW. (Which I feel like happens fairly often?)
  • Delicious: They are seriously so good.

Normally I make these a little bigger for a bakery-style vibe, but this time I was making a double batch for my husband to take to work, and I wanted them to go as far as they could.

ingredients in cadbury egg & malted milk chocolate chip cookies

  • unsalted butter- Salted is fine if it is what you have. Just lower the salt content by ¼ teaspoon to ½ teaspoon if you’re worried they will be too salty. The butter is going to be browned, so it doesn’t need to be room temperature. Brown butter is going to give a toffee-like flavor to the base of the dough.
  • ice cubes- It might seem strange to add ice cubes to cookie dough, but browning butter removes the water content from the butter. That will cause the dough to have a “short” texture rather than chewy. Adding the water back in via ice cube will solve that problem and also help cool the butter down. If you don’t have ice cubes, use two tablespoons of cold water in place of the two ice cubes.
  • brown sugar- Light or dark will work, but in this cookie I like to use light. For a regular chocolate chip cookie, though, dark is incredible and slept on. Brown sugar is going to make the cookie chewy.
  • granulated sugar- This cookie has a high amount of brown sugar for flavor and chew, but we need to have some granulated sugar for that crisp edge.
  • salt- Of course, I like Diamond Crystal salt and absolutely recommend it. A box will last forever. You can use my code LINENGRAY for 10% off at The Spice House. However, if you only have table salt, it’s fine, but use half the amount I call for in the recipe. (Instead of 1 ½ teaspoon of Diamond Crystal, use ¾ teaspoon table salt.)
  • vanilla- You can use extract, but if you can get some vanilla bean paste, I promise you won’t regret it. It’s a super power in baking. I love Heilala, Neilsen-Massey (which is currently at Costco with the best deal imaginable), and The Spice House (You can use my code LINENGRAY for 10% off at The Spice House).
  • egg- This dough calls for one egg and one yolk, and that extra yolk is going to give more richness and chew than if we made it with just one egg. Don’t toss the extra egg white. It will stay in the fridge for up to four days, and you can use it as an egg wash for shortbread cookies or make a tiny meringue for yourself.
  • baking soda- Leavening: this one causes the dough to spread outwards and develop color.
  • baking powder- Leavening: this one causes the dough to puff upwards.
  • flour– for the dough’s structure
  • malted milk powder- This is actually optional if you don’t have it, but it does add a nice flavor to the dough.
  • mini Cadbury eggs- These are replacing chocolate chips in this cookie. Try to grab them at Costco.
  • flakey salt– I use Maldon because it is incredible, but it’s totally optional to put salt on top of a chocolate chip cookie. Skip it if you don’t like it. I didn’t put it on these because they were for my husband, and he is not a fan.

supplies needed to make cadbury egg & malted milk chocolate chip cookies

  • scale
  • mixing bowl
  • whisk
  • spatula
  • parchment paper– These are a life saver.
  • baking sheets
  • cookie scoop (#30)

how to make cadbury egg & malted milk chocolate chip cookies

These cookies are so incredibly easy to make. The only tricky area may be browning the butter if you haven’t done it. It’s not hard, but two key takeaways if you’ve never made it are to not walk away and to keep stirring to scrape the bottom once the sizzling stops. Here’s an explanation on browning butter:

Melt butter in a saucepan over medium-low heat (you do not want a high heat for this). It will start to sizzle and bubble, which is the water cooking off and evaporating. Stir it every once in a while, paying attention to when the sizzling starts to calm down. That’s when the water has nearly been evaporated, and it’s important to start stirring often. The color will start to turn golden and the milk solids will start to brown. It browns very quickly at this stage, so don’t walk away. Once the butter has turned a rich golden brown and smells very toasty and toffee-like, pour the butter into a heat proof mixing bowl, quickly scraping the bottom of the pot to make sure the milk solids are also transferred to the bowl. Add the ice cubes and stir. It will bubble and sizzle due to the temperature difference- beware of steam to the face. Keep stirring until the ice is melted and set aside while you prepare the rest of the ingredients.

*A note for the photos- I am making a double batch of cookies, so that’s why there is a larger amounts of the ingredients.

Preheat the oven to 375 F.

Pour the granulated sugar, brown sugar, and salt into the butter and whisk vigorously for a few minutes. I like to wait for a few minutes before whisking again for another few minutes. I learned this trick a million years ago from America’s Test Kitchen. The whisking helps the sugar to dissolve, which makes a chewier cookie.

It’s normal for the butter-sugar mixture to look wet and oily. Add the eggs and whisk very well for a few minutes, or until thickened and lighter in color.

Add the flour, malted milk powder, baking soda, and baking powder and fold/stir with a spatula to combine. Before it is fully combined, add the Cadbury eggs. Finish stirring until there are no streaks of flour.

Scoop the dough into balls with a #30 scoop and place on a parchment lined baking sheet with a few inches of room. (I like using a #20 or slightly bigger scoop for a bakery style cookie which yields about 12-13 cookies. A size #30 scoop will yield about 22-24 cookies.)

Press a few Cadbury egg halves into the top of the dough balls before baking at 375 F for 10-12 minutes (up to 14 minutes for larger cookies). Cool on the sheet for a couple minutes before transferring to a wire rack to cool completely. (Obviously try one when they’re still warm.)

success tips for making cadbury egg & malted milk chocolate chip cookies

  • Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together before ever starting the recipe will help tremendously.
  • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.
  • Be careful not to burn the brown butter. It should be warm golden brown, not black brown. Your nose will be your guide. If it burns, best to toss it and try again than risk making cookies that taste burnt from the get-go.
  • For perfectly round cookies, use a large metal cookie cutter to scoot the hot cookies into shape. I’m addicted to doing this.
  • To easily chop the Cadbury eggs, place a handful on a cutting board. Lay a large chef’s knife horizontally over the eggs (blade to the left or right, not vertically to the eggs), and smack the knife with the heal of your hand. This safely and easily cracks the eggs in half. If you want the pieces smaller, chop with the knife as usual.
Print

cadbury egg & malted milk chocolate chip cookies

Print Recipe

The perfect chocolate chip cookie has a deep caramelly flavor, crisp edges, chewy center, and is full of chocolate chips. Well, this one takes all that and throws in springtime’s favorite chocolate egg and some malted milk powder for a flavor boost. They are incredibly delicious, and best of all, don’t require fridge time.

  • Author: Emily Loggans
  • Yield: 22–24 1x

Ingredients

Scale

226g (2 sticks) butter- salted or unsalted (it really doesn’t matter much for this)

2 ice cubes (or two tablespoons cold water)

220g (1 packed cup) brown sugar, dark or light

68g (⅓ cup) granulated sugar

1 ½ tsp diamond crystal kosher salt (or ¾ tsp table salt)

2 tsp vanilla extract or paste

1 egg

1 yolk

½ tsp baking soda

1 tsp baking powder

2 Tbsp malted milk powder

300g (2 ½ cups) ap flour

8 oz. (for inside dough) + 4 oz. (for on top) mini Cadbury chocolate eggs

Maldon flakey salt, optional

Instructions

Melt butter in a saucepan over medium-low heat (you do not want a high heat for this). It will start to sizzle and bubble, which is the water cooking off and evaporating. Stir it every once in a while, paying attention to when the sizzling starts to calm down. That’s when the water has nearly been evaporated, and it’s important to start stirring often. The color will start to turn golden and the milk solids will start to brown. It browns very quickly at this stage, so don’t walk away. Once the butter has turned a rich golden brown and smells very toasty and toffee-like, pour the butter into a heat proof mixing bowl, quickly scraping the bottom of the pot to make sure the milk solids are also transferred to the bowl. Add the ice cubes and stir. It will bubble and sizzle due to the temperature difference- beware of steam to the face. Keep stirring until the ice is melted and set aside while you prepare the rest of the ingredients.

Preheat the oven to 375 F.

Pour the granulated sugar, brown sugar, and salt into the butter and whisk vigorously for a few minutes. I like to wait for a few minutes before whisking again for another few minutes. I learned this trick a million years ago from America’s Test Kitchen. The whisking helps the sugar to dissolve, which makes a chewier cookie.

It’s normal for the butter-sugar mixture to look wet and oily. Add the eggs and whisk very well for a few minutes, or until thickened and lighter in color.

Add the flour, malted milk powder, baking soda, and baking powder and fold/stir with a spatula to combine. Before it is fully combined, add the Cadbury eggs. Finish stirring until there are no streaks of flour.

Scoop the dough into balls with a #30 scoop and place on a parchment lined baking sheet with a few inches of room. (I like using a #20 or slightly bigger scoop for a bakery style cookie which yields about 12-13 cookies. A size #30 scoop will yield about 22-24 cookies.)

Press a few Cadbury egg halves into the top of the dough balls before baking at 375 F for 10-12 minutes (up to 14 minutes for larger cookies). Cool on the sheet for a couple minutes before transferring to a wire rack to cool completely. (Obviously try one when they’re still warm.)

Notes

    • Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together beforeever starting the recipe will help tremendously.

    • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.

    • Be careful not to burn the brown butter. It should be warm golden brown, not black brown. Your nose will be your guide. If it burns, best to toss it and try again than risk making cookies that taste burnt from the get-go.

    • For perfectly round cookies, use a large metal cookie cutter to scoot the hot cookies into shape. I’m addicted to doing this.

    • To easily chop the Cadbury eggs, place a handful on a cutting board. Lay a large chef’s knife horizontally over the eggs (blade to the left or right, not vertically to the eggs), and smack the knife with the heal of your hand. This safely and easily cracks the eggs in half. If you want the pieces smaller, chop with the knife as usual.

Did you make this recipe?

Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

pistachio sugar cookies

March 16, 2025

Pistachio has been having a moment for quite a while now, so I developed this pistachio cut out recipe a couple of years ago for my cookie decorating followers. It’s such a good cookie, with a classic soft, sugar cookie texture, crisp edges, very minimal to no spread, and SO MUCH nutty pistachio flavor. This recipe is perfect for cut out cookies decorated with royal icing, for stamping with cookie presses, for sandwiching with pistachio paste, or for covering with sparkling sugar and baking until crunchy.

why you’ll love pistachio sugar cookies

  • This cookie is delicious and full of real pistachio flavor from ground pistachios.
  • They hold their shape, making them great for cookie decorating.
  • You can make multiple cookies from this one basic dough, including a soft sugar cookie and crunchy cookie. (Variations later in this post.)

ingredients in pistachio sugar cookies

Get 10% off at The Spice House with my code EMILYLOGGANS

  • unsalted butter– room temperature (Salted butter is fine in this recipe.)
  • granulated sugar– for texture and sweetness
  • salt– Diamond Crystal kosher salt is the best for baking, so I recommend grabbing a box if you can. It will last you for a long time if you just use it for baking! If you don’t have this type of salt, swap for regular table salt and use half the amount called for.
  • egg– An egg will add structure and tenderness.
  • vanilla– for flavor (I love to use vanilla bean paste because the flavor is more intense, but vanilla extract is great as well. I love The Spice House, Heilala, and Nielsen-Massey.)
  • almond extract– I love the flavor of almond extract, but I know it is a very polarizing flavor. If you don’t like it, leave it out. It just gives a boost to the pistachio flavor and makes this cookie extra delicious.
  • all purpose flour– I love King Arthur flour.
  • pistachios– If you can, buy pre-ground pistachios to make your life significantly easier. I like this one and this one.
  • baking powder– This is optional if you want extra crisp edges for decorating. It just gives a bit of lift to the cookie.

supplies needed to make pistachio sugar cookies

  • scale– Using a scale makes everything easier with baking, and it ensures you get the same results every time. Flour is so easy to over-add with volume measurements, and a scale solves that problem.
  • stand mixer with paddle attachment or hand mixer
  • rolling pin– If you don’t have a guided rolling pin, I totally recommend it, because it will make your life much easier if you roll dough often. I love these from Food52, but this one from Target is also amazing because there are many options for the guides.
  • parchment paper– I love these pre-cut parchment papers. I’ve been using these for years.
  • baking sheets
  • cookie cutters– Here’s the link for the pretzel cutter.

how to make pistachio sugar cookies

I prefer to buy ground raw pistachios, but if you only have whole pistachios, weigh the amount called for and grind them to a powder in a food processor. Try to use raw, unsalted pistachios, lightly roasting them in the oven at 350 F to bring out the flavor. If you use salted pistachios, you will want to lower the salt content in the dough. This is the pistachio flour I like to use, but I recently tried this one and loved it.

This dough is very straightforward and uses the creaming method to mix the dough. Cream the butter, sugar, and salt until combined and only slightly fluffy, making sure there are no butter lumps. Add the egg, vanilla, and almond extract until combined and emulsified. Add the flour, pistachio flour, and baking powder all at once and mix until it forms a dough. If it seems too sticky, add up to 30g (¼ cup) flour and mix again.

Drop the dough onto a lightly floured piece of parchment paper, gently flattening it with your hands. Sprinkle lightly with flour and place another piece of parchment on top. Roll the dough to your desired thickness, ¼″-⅜″ for thicker, soft sugar cookies, and ⅙″-⅛″ for thin, crunchy cookies.

Refrigerate the sheets of dough for an hour or two, or even overnight. Refrigerating is an important step that chills the butter and keeps the cookies from spreading in the oven. If you’re pressed for time, 15-30 minutes in the freezer will chill it fast.

Using cookie cutters, cut out shapes from the dough, placing the cut cookie dough on a parchment lined baking sheet. Pair similarly sized cookies together on the baking sheets, giving them an inch or two of space between them.

Bake the cookies at 375 F for 8-10 minutes for larger cookies. They should look set and not shiny on top. For soft cookies, don’t bake any longer from the time they are no longer shiny. For crunchy cookies, bake until the edges are golden brown.

Cool them on the baking sheet for a few minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely before frosting or icing.

Decorate the cookies how you’d like! I used royal icing to make these St. Patrick’s Day cookies. Here is my royal icing recipe if you’d like to give it a try! It’s salted and flavored with vanilla bean paste, so it is extra delicious. Add a little butter extract, and it will practically taste like buttercream.

View this post on Instagram

A post shared by Emily Loggans (@linenandgray)

using cookie stamps

I love the simplicity of using cookie stamps! Because they leave and impression, there’s no need for decorating. I got my stamp from Joanne Fabrics (RIP), but any impression cookie cutter will work. I used the exact same dough from above rolled to the ¼″ thickness.

Make sure to freeze these cookies for five minutes before being if you can, just to help them keep their shape and impression. Bake exactly as you would above. (375 F for 8-10 minutes or until set and no longer shiny.)

variations on pistachio sugar cookies

crunchy sparkling pretzels

I absolutely love making crunchy sparkling pretzel cookies, and pistachios just elevate them even more. Unfortunately, the cookie cutter is really expensive, but I think it’s worth it. I plan to keep using it, so expect to see lots more cookie pretzels.

To make pistachio sugar cookie pretzels, roll the dough more thinly than you would roll a regular sugar cookie so that it can become a crunchy texture rather than soft. I like to roll these to ⅙″ or ⅛″ depending on what I’m feeling like. I really recommend getting a guided rolling pin to make rolling easier.

Make an egg white wash by whisking an egg white with a teaspoon of water. Brush the egg white over the surface of the cookie dough and sprinkle with sparkling sugar.

Bake the cookies at 375 F for 8-10 minutes, or until the edges are golden brown. They may need more time depending on your oven and depending on how thick you rolled the dough. Let them cool on the sheet for a few minutes before transferring to a wire rack to cool completely.

Pipe pistachio cream over the surface of a non-sparkled pretzel and sandwich with a sparkling pretzel. I like these pistachio creams: this one, this one, this one, and this one. This pistachio spread is my favorite of all time, but it’s less sweet and more runny than the others. That makes it more versatile for baking (and coffee!), but it doesn’t work as well in this application.

sparkling pistachio liners with pistachio cream

I used the same dough that I used for the sparkling pretzels to make these tiny linzer cookies. I cut scalloped squares, and from the squares, I cut another square leaving a very thin border of dough. I baked them just as I did the pretzels, covering them with an egg wash and sparkling sugar before baking. They baked up nice and crunchy, and the thin cookies didn’t break!

To the solid square, I piped a large amount of pistachio cream and then sandwiched it with the border cookie.

success tips for making pistachio sugar cookies

  • Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together beforeever starting the recipe will help tremendously.
  • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.
  • Chill your dough to help it keep its shape. I’ve found that the best method is to roll the dough between parchment right after mixing before chilling it for a couple hours, if possible. Once it’s been chilled, I cut the shapes and put them on a parchment lined baking sheet. If I’m fast, I don’t chill again. But if the dough feels soft or “bendy” after cutting the cookies, I put the tray in the freezer for five minutes before baking. This ensures that the cookies keep their shape.
  • If you are using this dough for cookie decorating, and you really want crisp edges, you can add 30g (¼ cup) all purpose flour to the dough and remove the baking powder.
  • For soft cookies, roll the dough to ¼″ (or even thicker, like ⅜″ or 5/16″- guided rolling pins really help with precision) and bake them just until the tops are no longer shiny.
  • For crispy cookies, roll the dough to ⅙″ or ⅛″ and bake until the edges start to brown.
  • For freezing, see below ⬇️

freezing pistachio sugar cookies

First of all, can you freeze pistachio sugar cookies? Yes, you definitely can! I made this dough and ran out of time to bake them, so I put all the cut cookies in the freezer where they stayed for a few weeks. You can freeze sheets of rolled dough or cut cookies. I don’t recommend freezing a lump of dough, because that will just end up being a hassle to roll out.

To freeze, place the cut cookies in a single layer on a piece of parchment paper in a freezer-friendly container. Place a piece of parchment paper on top of the cookies and begin another layer of cookies. Make sure the cover for the container is airtight before putting in the freezer. For extra protection, wrap the container in plastic wrap. You can store cookie dough in the freezer for several months.

FAQs

  • Is this the same pistachio sugar cookie you used to sell? Yes, it is!
  • Can I use other nut flours? While I haven’t tried it myself, it should work in theory. If you try it, let me know! I’ll probably be trying it eventually.
  • Why did my cookies spread? So many things affect spread. These will spread a tiny bit but still hold their shape. If they spread more than that, you may need to add more flour next time. Try adding 30g (¼ cup) more all purpose flour. You may also need to chill your dough for longer. I like to freeze my sheet of cookies for five minutes before baking to ensure even less spread.
Print

pistachio sugar cookies

Print Recipe

It’s such a good cookie, with a classic soft, sugar cookie texture, crisp edges, very minimal to no spread, and SO MUCH nutty pistachio flavor. This recipe is perfect for cut out cookies decorated with royal icing, for stamping with cookie presses, for sandwiching with pistachio paste, or for covering with sparkling sugar and baking until crunchy.

  • Author: Emily Loggans
  • Yield: 2–3 dozen (depending on size) 1x

Ingredients

Scale

226g (16 Tbsp / 1 cup) unsalted butter, room temperature

150g (¾ cup) granulated sugar

1 ½ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt, or ¾ tsp regular table salt

1 egg, room temperature

2 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

1 tsp almond extract, optional

270g (2 ¼ cups) all purpose flour

150g (1 ½ cups) pistachio flour

if you’re making them sparkling:

egg white, for egg wash

sparkling sugar

Instructions

Cream the butter, sugar, and salt until combined and only slightly fluffy, making sure there are no butter lumps. Add the egg, vanilla, and almond extract until combined and emulsified. Add the flour, pistachio flour, and baking powder all at once and mix until it forms a dough. If it seems too sticky, add up to 30g (¼ cup) flour and mix again.

Drop the dough onto a lightly floured piece of parchment paper, gently flattening it with your hands. Sprinkle lightly with flour and place another piece of parchment on top. Roll the dough to your desired thickness, ¼″-⅜″ for thicker, soft sugar cookies, and ⅙″-⅛″ for thin, crunchy cookies.

Refrigerate the sheets of dough for an hour or two, or even overnight. Refrigerating is an important step that chills the butter and keeps the cookies from spreading in the oven. If you’re pressed for time, 15-30 minutes in the freezer will chill it fast.

Using cookie cutters, cut out shapes from the dough, placing the cut cookie dough on a parchment lined baking sheet. Pair similarly sized cookies together on the baking sheets, giving them an inch or two of space between them.

Bake the cookies at 375 F for 8-10 minutes for larger cookies. They should look set and not shiny on top. For soft cookies, don’t bake any longer from the time they are no longer shiny. For crunchy cookies, bake until the edges are golden brown.

Cool them on the baking sheet for a few minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely before frosting or icing.

Decorate the cookies how you’d like! I used royal icing to make these St. Patrick’s Day cookies. Here is my royal icing recipe if you’d like to give it a try! It’s salted and flavored with vanilla bean paste, so it is extra delicious. Add a little butter extract, and it will practically taste like buttercream.

To make pistachio sugar cookie pretzels, roll the dough more thinly than you would roll a regular sugar cookie so that it can become a crunchy texture rather than soft. I like to roll these to ⅙″ or ⅛″ depending on what I’m feeling like. I really recommend getting a guided rolling pin to make rolling easier.

Make an egg white wash by whisking an egg white with a teaspoon of water. Brush the egg white over the surface of the cookie dough and sprinkle with sparkling sugar.

Bake the cookies at 375 F for 8-10 minutes, or until the edges are golden brown. They may need more time depending on your oven and depending on how thick you rolled the dough. Let them cool on the sheet for a few minutes before transferring to a wire rack to cool completely.

If desired, pipe pistachio cream over the surface of a non-sparkled pretzel and sandwich with a sparkling pretzel.

Notes

  • For crispy cookies, roll the dough to ⅙″ or ⅛″ and bake until the edges start to brown.
  • To freeze, place the cut cookies in a single layer on a piece of parchment paper in a freezer-friendly container. Place a piece of parchment paper on top of the cookies and begin another layer of cookies. Make sure the cover for the container is airtight before putting in the freezer. For extra protection, wrap the container in plastic wrap. You can store cookie dough in the freezer for several months.
    • Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together beforeever starting the recipe will help tremendously.
    • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.
    • Chill your dough to help it keep its shape. I’ve found that the best method is to roll the dough between parchment right after mixing before chilling it for a couple hours, if possible. Once it’s been chilled, I cut the shapes and put them on a parchment lined baking sheet. If I’m fast, I don’t chill again. But if the dough feels soft or “bendy” after cutting the cookies, I put the tray in the freezer for five minutes before baking. This ensures that the cookies keep their shape.
    • If you are using this dough for cookie decorating, and you really want crisp edges, you can add 30g (¼ cup) all purpose flour to the dough and remove the baking powder.
    • For soft cookies, roll the dough to ¼″ (or even thicker, like ⅜″ or 5/16″- guided rolling pins really help with precision) and bake them just until the tops are no longer shiny.
    • For crispy cookies, roll the dough to ⅙″ or ⅛″ and bake until the edges start to brown.
    • To freeze, place the cut cookies in a single layer on a piece of parchment paper in a freezer-friendly container. Place a piece of parchment paper on top of the cookies and begin another layer of cookies. Make sure the cover for the container is airtight before putting in the freezer. For extra protection, wrap the container in plastic wrap. You can store cookie dough in the freezer for several months.

    Did you make this recipe?

    Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

    cinnamon swirl shortbread cookies

    March 12, 2025

    Who doesn’t love an effortless shortbread cookie? This cookie levels up shortbread cookies by at least three levels with the inclusion of a brown sugar cinnamon swirl that can actually be anything you like. (Just check out the long list of variations!) This cookie is also not your typical, crumbly shortbread texture, as this cookie has an amazing soft chew with crispy caramelized edges.

    This post is also kind of a love letter to The Spice House, because they are absolutely incredible. I received a few of their spices a while back, and I’ve purchased from them myself several times. The packaging is absolutely beautiful, and the quality of the spices is incredible. I’m linking to several good ones from them in this post, so check them out if you haven’t! (They are affiliate links, which give me a small commission that helps support my content.)

    why you’ll love cinnamon swirl shortbread cookies

    • This cookie is egg-less. You need a few egg-less recipes in your recipe box for people with egg allergies or even egg shortages, and this one is so good. You probably wouldn’t guess it to be eggless since the texture is not like typical shortbread.
    • The dough for this cookie can made several days (or even months) in advance, making it particularly helpful for when you need to make a lot of cookies for things like cookie boxes.
    • The flavor of the filling is customizable, which means that you can make several different variations with one base dough. Like, the possibilities are endless here.
    • This cookie is delicious and so easy to make. A win-win!
    Left: Coffee Cake Sugar, Center: Classic Brown Sugar-Cinnamon, Right: Cocoa Coffee Sugar

    ingredients in cinnamon swirl shortbread cookies

    • unsalted butter– Salted butter is fine if it’s all you have. Make sure your butter is room temperature- not melted or cold. If you didn’t take your butter out of the fridge in time, a few short bursts in the microwave should take the chill out without softening it too much.
    • granulated sugar- For sweetness and texture. There is more sugar in this recipe than usual shortbread cookies to give a softer-chewier texture. Granulated sugar will also give a nice crisp, caramelized edge to the cookies.
    • brown sugar- Brown sugar adds flavor and provides additional chewiness to the cookies. You’ll also need brown sugar for the filling if you’re making the classic brown sugar-cinnamon swirl variation.
    • salt- I like Diamond Crystal kosher salt because it is just the best for baking and cooking (according to professional chefs). If you don’t have Diamond Crystal, use half the amount the recipe calls for of regular table salt or fine sea salt. You could also weigh whatever salt you have according to the recipe. (Weight is accurate for salt across the board.)
    • vanilla- Feel free to use vanilla extract, but vanilla bean paste is supreme if you have it.
    • all purpose flour- I use King Arthur all purpose flour. (Please weigh your flour.🙃)
    • cinnamon- Whatever cinnamon is your usual cinnamon will work in this recipe. My favorite kinds are Kirkland Saigon cinnamon and Korintje Ground Cassia Cinnamon from The Spice House.

    *You can get 10% off at The Spice House with my code EMILYLOGGANS.

    supplies needed to make cinnamon swirl shortbread cookies

    • scale- This one is adorable and comes in green.
    • mixing bowl and hand mixer OR stand mixer
    • spatula
    • parchment paper
    • plastic wrap– This is my favorite!
    • bench scraper– this helps with shaping the log
    • baking sheets
    • chef’s knife– Check out these gorgeous Nakano knives!

    how to make cinnamon swirl shortbread cookies

    These cookies are made up of two parts: the soft-chewy shortbread dough and the spiced sugar mixture. The dough remains the same no matter what variation you make, so you could easily double or triple the recipe, divide it up, and swirl each part with a different filling. Choose your filling using the recipe, one of my variations, or come up with one of your own!

    make the spiced sugar filling

    The beauty of this filling is that it can be anything. This cookie is wildly customizable since the dough remains the same no matter what you use for your filling. (See the section on variations at the end of this post.) Of course there’s the classic brown sugar + cinnamon filling, which is what the recipe in this post will make. However, here I’ll show you a variation that uses a jar of The Spice House sugar, like this Coffee Cake Sugar with Intelligentsia Coffee. Using the full jar is a little more than you’ll need to swirl the dough, so there is a lot of fallout when rolling the dough into a log. However, it turns out that it’s the perfect way to coat the log in sugar without needing to make a separate mixture. As you roll the dough into a log, it automatically gets coated in all that sugary fallout.

    The filling is a simple mixture of sugar and a flavoring such as spices. The classic brown sugar + cinnamon variation is 55g (¼ cup) of brown sugar and 1 tablespoon of cinnamon. To shake it up, I decided to use this jar of Coffee Cake Sugar from The Spice House as the sugar in my filling. It is made of brown sugar, coffee, vanilla, and cinnamon, so it is all you would need for the filling since it is both sugar and flavoring all in one. I did boost it with a little more cinnamon, however. I paired it with Saigon cinnamon.

    There are infinite possibilities for the filling- check out the list below under ‘variations’.

    Once you have your filling sorted, set it aside and make the dough.

    make the dough

    The dough comes together so quickly and has only a few ingredients. Start by beating room temperature butter until it is smooth and lump-free. Add the granulated sugar, brown sugar, salt, and vanilla and mix until it is smooth and a little fluffy.

    Add the flour to the dough and mix on low speed until the flour is fully hydrated (no more dry spots) and the dough looks pebbly and is easily squished into a dough between your fingers.

    Sprinkle about ⅓ of the sugar filling mixture over the surface of the dough. Use your hands or a spatula to press the sugar into the dough. “Fold” the dough in half by picking up one side of the dough and pressing it into the other half. It’s okay if it’s messy and imperfect. Sprinkle the new surface of the dough with another ⅓ of the sugar filling and press it in. Fold it over again, exposing a new side of dough. Sprinkle the rest of the sugar filling, press it in, and fold it again.

    Drop the dough onto a sheet of parchment paper and use your hands to press it together and form it into a log. It will resist in some places and not want to stick together, but keep working on it. It will eventually come together. Some sugar will fall out of the dough, and it will eventually cover the surface of the dough log. Make sure to really compress the log with your hands so that it won’t fall apart later. The log should be 10″ to 12″ long.

    Wrap the log really well in the sheet of parchment paper before wrapping fully in plastic wrap. Refrigerate the log of dough for at least two hours or up to three days.

    Once your dough has been properly chilled, it is time to slice and bake. Preheat the oven to 350 F and line your pans with parchment paper. Using a large chef’s knife, slice the log into cookies that are ¼″ to ½″ thick. I like to cut mine slightly between the two.

    Bake the cookies for 13-15 minutes if they are cut on the thinner side and 15-18 minutes if they are on the thicker side. Keep an eye on them and pull them from the oven when the tops are no longer shiny. If you like a very caramelized cookie bottom, bake them a little longer.

    Let them cool on the sheet for a couple minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely. Store in an airtight container for up to a week.

    different variations with pictures

    This is what the classic brown sugar-cinnamon flavor looks like:

    And here is what the Cocoa Coffee Sugar variation looks like:

    variations on cinnamon swirl shortbread cookies

    This cookie is a customizable queen. She can really do anything and be anything simply by changing the filling. The ratio for the filling is roughly 55g (¼ cup) of sugar with 1-2 tablespoon of dry flavoring. Here are some ideas:

    • pumpkin spice: Use 55g of brown sugar with 1 tablespoon of a pumpkin spice blend. Or use this blend of pumpkin spice sugar that has vanilla.
    • vanilla spice sugar: This sugar has cardamom, cinnamon, and vanilla.
    • vanilla sugar: You could take out the spices entirely and use this sugar blended with Madagascar vanilla. If you want to make your own vanilla sugar, add a sliced vanilla bean to a small jar of sugar and shake it up. Leave it alone for about a week.
    • maple sugar: Try an entirely different sugar, like maple sugar, which is just boiled maple syrup. Add cinnamon to it, or use this maple sugar that already has some cinnamon added in.
    • cocoa coffee: This is the cocoa coffee blend I used that has cocoa, vanilla, and cinnamon.
    • coffee cake: This is the coffee cake variation I used that has brown sugar, vanilla, cinnamon, and coffee in it. I want to repurchase this one and use it on oatmeal! If you don’t have this, you could use the classic recipe and add a little espresso powder and vanilla powder to it.
    • vanilla lavender sugar: I’m not a lavender girlie myself, but this is so pretty and would be a great option if you are a lavender girlie.
    • nutmeg-cinnamon: I like to add a little (¼ tsp) ground nutmeg to my classic brown sugar-cinnamon recipe sometimes.
    • chai: Add some chai spices to the classic brown sugar-cinnamon recipe. This one is great because it is also vanilla-infused.
    • gingerbread: add 1 teaspoon of ginger and ¼ teaspoon of nutmeg to the classic brown sugar-cinnamon recipe. You could also add a little allspice and cloves, but I usually leave those out.

    success tips for making cinnamon swirl shortbread cookies

    • Don’t over mix the dough! It shouldn’t come together as a big dough ball like sugar cookie dough. Just mix it until the dough is no longer floury and looks like pebbly gravel. A test to see if it is done is to squish a bit between your fingers. If it can be squished into a dough, it’s perfect.
    • Chill your dough log for at least two hours or up to a few days. It can also be frozen for a few months if you’d like to make them ahead. This cookie is amazing for cookie boxes since the dough can be made in advance.
    • Remember to soften your butter! It shouldn’t be cold right out of the fridge for this recipe. If you’re in a pinch and don’t have a few hours to let your butter naturally come to room temperature, microwave the butter for 2-3 seconds, rotate it, and microwave it for another 2-3 seconds. Keep doing this until it is a nice pliable and slightly soft texture without making it squishy or liquid-y. If you accidentally go too far, put it in the freezer while you prep the ingredients. It’s a fine balance.
    • Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together beforeever starting the recipe will help tremendously.
    • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.

    watch how to make cinnamon swirl shortbread cookies

    Print

    cinnamon swirl shortbread cookies

    Print Recipe

    Who doesn’t love an effortless shortbread cookie? This cookie levels up shortbread cookies by at least three levels with the inclusion of a brown sugar cinnamon swirl that can actually be anything you like. (Just check out the long list of variations!) This cookie is also not your typical, crumbly shortbread texture, as this cookie has an amazing soft chew with crispy caramelized edges.

    • Author: emilyloggans

    Ingredients

    Scale

    dough

    226g (1 cup / 16 Tbsp) unsalted butter, room temperature

    55g (¼ cup) brown sugar, light or dark

    100g (½ cup) granulated sugar

    1 tsp vanilla extract or paste

    1 tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt, or ½ tsp regular table salt

    270g (2 ¼ cups) all purpose flour

    sugar filling

    55g (¼ cup) brown sugar, light or dark

    1 Tbsp ground cinnamon (I like Saigon)

    ¼ tsp ground nutmeg, optional

    ½ tsp ground ginger, optional

    Instructions

    In a small bowl, combine the ingredients for the filling. Set aside.

    In a large mixing bowl, or in the bowl of a stand mixer, beat the butter until it is smooth and lump free. Add the brown sugar, granulated sugar, salt, and vanilla and mix until fully combined and slightly fluffy. Scrape down the sides and bottom of the bowl to ensure there are no under-mixed bits.

    Add the flour all at once and mix on low speed until a moist, crumbly dough starts to form. The dough doesn’t need to come together as a dough ball, but will look pebbly and be easily squished into a dough between your fingers.

    Sprinkle about ⅓ of the sugar filling mixture over the surface of the dough. Use your hands or a spatula to press the sugar into the dough. “Fold” the dough in half by picking up one side of the dough and pressing it into the other half. It’s okay if it’s messy and imperfect. Sprinkle the new surface of the dough with another ⅓ of the sugar filling and press it in. Fold it over again, exposing a new side of dough. Sprinkle the rest of the sugar filling, press it in, and fold it again.

    Drop the dough onto a sheet of parchment paper and use your hands to press it together and form it into a log. It will resist in some places and not want to stick together, but keep working on it. It will eventually come together. Some sugar will fall out of the dough, and it will eventually cover the surface of the dough log. Make sure to really compress the log with your hands so that it won’t fall apart later. The log should be 10″ to 12″ long.

    Wrap the log really well in the sheet of parchment paper before wrapping fully in plastic wrap. Refrigerate the log of dough for at least two hours or up to three days. (You could also freeze it for a few months.)

    Once your dough has been properly chilled, it is time to slice and bake. Preheat the oven to 350 F and line your pans with parchment paper. Using a large chef’s knife, slice the log into cookies that are ¼″ to ½″ thick. I like to cut mine slightly between the two.

    Bake the cookies for 13-15 minutes if they are cut on the thinner side and 15-18 minutes if they are on the thicker side. Keep an eye on them and pull them from the oven when the tops are no longer shiny. If you like a very caramelized cookie bottom, bake them a little longer.

    Let them cool on the sheet for a couple minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely. Store in an airtight container for up to a week.

    Notes

    variations on cinnamon swirl shortbread cookies

    This cookie is a customizable queen. She can really do anything and be anything simply by changing the filling. The ratio for the filling is roughly 55g (¼ cup) of sugar with 1-2 tablespoon of dry flavoring. Here are some ideas:

    • pumpkin spice: Use 55g of brown sugar with 1 tablespoon of a pumpkin spice blend. Or use this blend of pumpkin spice sugar that has vanilla.
    • vanilla spice sugar: This sugar has cardamom, cinnamon, and vanilla.
    • vanilla sugar: You could take out the spices entirely and use this sugar blended with Madagascar vanilla. If you want to make your own vanilla sugar, add a sliced vanilla bean to a small jar of sugar and shake it up. Leave it alone for about a week.
    • maple sugar: Try an entirely different sugar, like maple sugar, which is just boiled maple syrup. Add cinnamon to it, or use this maple sugar that already has some cinnamon added in.
    • cocoa coffee: This is the cocoa coffee blend I used that has cocoa, vanilla, and cinnamon.
    • coffee cake: This is the coffee cake variation I used that has brown sugar, vanilla, cinnamon, and coffee in it. I want to repurchase this one and use it on oatmeal! If you don’t have this, you could use the classic recipe and add a little espresso powder and vanilla powder to it.
    • vanilla lavender sugar: I’m not a lavender girlie myself, but this is so pretty and would be a great option if you are a lavender girlie.
    • nutmeg-cinnamon: I like to add a little (¼ tsp) ground nutmeg to my classic brown sugar-cinnamon recipe sometimes.
    • chai: Add some chai spices to the classic brown sugar-cinnamon recipe. This one is great because it is also vanilla-infused.
    • gingerbread: add 1 teaspoon of ginger and ¼ teaspoon of nutmeg to the classic brown sugar-cinnamon recipe. You could also add a little allspice and cloves, but I usually leave those out.

    success tips for making cinnamon swirl shortbread cookies

    • Don’t over mix the dough! It shouldn’t come together as a big dough ball like sugar cookie dough. Just mix it until the dough is no longer floury and looks like pebbly gravel. A test to see if it is done is to squish a bit between your fingers. If it can be squished into a dough, it’s perfect.
    • Chill your dough log for at least two hours or up to a few days. It can also be frozen for a few months if you’d like to make them ahead. This cookie is amazing for cookie boxes since the dough can be made in advance.
    • Remember to soften your butter! It shouldn’t be cold right out of the fridge for this recipe. If you’re in a pinch and don’t have a few hours to let your butter naturally come to room temperature, microwave the butter for 2-3 seconds, rotate it, and microwave it for another 2-3 seconds. Keep doing this until it is a nice pliable and slightly soft texture without making it squishy or liquid-y. If you accidentally go too far, put it in the freezer while you prep the ingredients. It’s a fine balance.
    • Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together beforeever starting the recipe will help tremendously.
    • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.

    Did you make this recipe?

    Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

    lemon slab shortbread

    February 18, 2025

    The vision for this shortbread is a quick and easy cookie that can be made and brought somewhere very easily. It is snackable and delicious with a strong buttery and lemon flavor. It can be easily doubled for a crowd, but as is, it is a nice small batch of delicious shortbread that you can eat yourself throughout the week or share with a friend.

    why you’ll love lemon slab shortbread

    • It’s delicious with a deep buttery flavor and bright lemon flavor. On the first day it is crisp and crumbly with the soft creamy glaze (literally the perfect texture) and after the second day it is much softer and a perfectly tender cohesive bite.
    • This recipe is eggless which is great to have on hand for egg shortages or for family and friends with egg allergies.
    • The sizing of this recipe is very customizable depending on how many cookies you want or what pan you have on hand.
    • It is fast and easy with minimal supplies and minimal ingredients.

    ingredients in lemon slab shortbread

    • unsalted butter– room temperature, slightly softened (salted butter will work fine here as well)
    • sugar– Granulated sugar gives this shortbread a really nice texture that isn’t doughy or spongy.
    • salt– I like Diamond Crystal kosher salt because it is just the best for baking and cooking (according to professional chefs). If you don’t have Diamond Crystal, use half the amount the recipe calls for of regular table salt or fine sea salt. You could also weigh whatever salt you have according to the recipe. (Weight is accurate for salt across the board.)
    • vanilla– for flavor (I prefer vanilla bean paste to extract, like this one)
    • lemon zest– for flavor in the cookie and the glaze
    • all purpose flour– the bulk of the recipe
    • powdered sugar– for the glaze
    • lemon juice– to thin and flavor the glaze

    *Get 10% off at The Spice House with my code EMILYLOGGANS*

    supplies needed to make lemon slab shortbread

    • hand mixer or stand mixer
    • offset spatula (the handiest little tool)
    • microplane or zester
    • ⅛ sheet pan (an 8″x8″ square pan is fine OR double the recipe and use a ¼ sheet pan or a 9″x13″ pan)

    how to make lemon slab shortbread

    This lemon slab shortbread is the easiest thing you’ll make. It’s a quick and easy shortbread cookie that can be made and brought somewhere very easily. It is snackable and delicious with a strong buttery and lemon flavor. It can be easily doubled for a crowd, but as is, it is a nice small batch of delicious shortbread that you can eat yourself throughout the week or share with a friend.

    Preheat the oven to 350 F.

    Zest a lemon into the granulated sugar. Rub the zest into the sugar with a spatula or your fingers to bring out the oils (aka, flavor) of the lemon.

    Cream the butter, salt, and lemony granulated sugar in the bowl of a stand mixer or with a hand mixer. Add the vanilla and mix to combine. Add the flour and mix until there are no dry floury bits and the dough has formed into a moist crumbly texture.

    Pour the dough crumbles into an ⅛th sheet pan (6″ x 9″) lined with a bit of parchment paper. Press the dough with your fingers or an offset spatula to compress it into an even slab. Use the offset spatula to smooth the surface of the dough and even it out if necessary. Use a fork to dock (for airflow) the entire surface of the dough.

    Bake the shortbread for 30-35 minutes or until it is evenly golden brown.

    While the shortbread is baking, make the glaze icing. Combine powdered sugar, melted butter, a little salt, lemon zest, and vanilla bean paste (or extract) in a small bowl until smooth and fully combined.

    Once the shortbread has cooled slightly but is still a little bit warm, pour the glaze on the shortbread and spread evenly with an offset spatula.

    This is optional, but zest a fresh lemon over the surface of the glazed shortbread. See the photos above for the difference in the glaze when there is lemon zest on top. It adds a nice 3D effect and even more lemon flavor, so what’s not to love.

    Let the glaze set for about ten minutes before cutting. Cut the shortbread into five even strips vertically, then cut the shortbread twice horizontally to divide the strips into fifteen rectangles. (Mine are clearly not even. I was rushing.😩)

    Just look at the cross section of this shortbread. I’m already planning to make this again. Eating it right away, the texture will be very crunchy with a still moist, very creamy glaze. Storing it at room temp in an airtight container and eating it the next day, the texture will be much softer and the glaze will have solidified, making the bite very cohesive.

    success tips for making lemon slab shortbread

    • Remember to soften your butter! It shouldn’t be cold right out of the fridge for this recipe. If you’re in a pinch and don’t have a few hours to let your butter naturally come to room temperature, microwave the butter for 2-3 seconds, rotate it, and microwave it for another 2-3 seconds. Keep doing this until it is a nice pliable and slightly soft texture without making it squishy or liquid-y. If you accidentally go too far, put it in the freezer while you prep the ingredients. It’s a fine balance.
    • Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together beforeever starting the recipe will help tremendously.
    • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.

    doubling or quadrupling & a note about pans

    This recipe is so easy to double or quadruple. Here’s a quick little guide of what pans you would need for the different sizes:

    • Single batch: ⅛ sheet pan (6″ x 9″) or an 8″ x 8″ square pan, an 8″ round pan, or a 9″ round cake pan/springform pan (It will be most accurate to my thickness with an 8″ round pan. If you want it a little thicker than mine, use a 7″ round pan.)
    • Double batch: ¼ sheet pan or a 9″ x 13″ cake pan
    • Quadruple batch: ½ sheet pan (a regular sized cookie sheet)

    FAQs

    • How do I store lemon slab shortbread? Store it at room temperature in an airtight container. The shortbread will soften over time and be even more delicious.
    • Can I use other citrus? Yes, feel free to use lime, Meyer lemon, blood orange, tangerine, etc. Everything in the recipe will remain the same aside from what citrus you use.
    • What if I don’t have an ⅛th sheet pan? Use an 8″ x 8″ square pan, 8″ round pan, or a 9″ round cake pan/springform pan.
    Print

    lemon slab shortbread

    Print Recipe

    This lemon slab shortbread is the easiest thing you’ll make. It’s a quick and easy shortbread cookie that can be made and brought somewhere very easily. It is snackable and delicious with a strong buttery and lemon flavor. It can be easily doubled for a crowd, but as is, it is a nice small batch of delicious shortbread that you can eat yourself throughout the week or share with a friend.

    • Author: Emily Loggans
    • Yield: 15 cookies 1x

    Ingredients

    Scale

    113g (½ cup) unsalted butter, room temp (salted is fine too)

    50g (¼ cup) granulated sugar

    ¾ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt

    ½ tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

    lemon zest from 1-2 lemons

    120g (1 cup) all purpose flour

    Lemon Vanilla Bean Glaze

    120g (1 cup) powdered sugar

    14g (1 Tbsp) butter, melted and cooled slightly

    2 Tbsp lemon juice (might need a touch more)

    ½ tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

    zest from 1–2 lemons

    Instructions

    Preheat the oven to 350 F.

    Zest a lemon into the granulated sugar. Rub the zest into the sugar with a spatula or your fingers to bring out the oils (aka, flavor) of the lemon.

    Cream the butter, salt, and lemony granulated sugar in the bowl of a stand mixer or with a hand mixer. Add the vanilla and mix to combine. Add the flour and mix until there are no dry floury bits and the dough has formed into a moist crumbly texture.

    Pour the dough crumbles into an ⅛th sheet pan (6″ x 9″) lined with a bit of parchment paper. Press the dough with your fingers or an offset spatula to compress it into an even slab. Use the offset spatula to smooth the surface of the dough and even it out if necessary. Use a fork to dock the entire surface of the dough.

    Bake the shortbread for 30-35 minutes or until it is evenly golden brown.

    While the shortbread is baking, make the glaze icing. Combine powdered sugar, melted butter, a little salt, lemon zest, and vanilla bean paste (or extract) in a small bowl until smooth and fully combined.

    Once the shortbread has cooled slightly but is still a little bit warm, pour the glaze on the shortbread and spread evenly with an offset spatula.

    This is optional, but zest a fresh lemon over the surface of the glazed shortbread.

    Let the glaze set for about ten minutes before cutting. Cut the shortbread into five even strips vertically, then cut the shortbread twice horizontally to divide the strips into fifteen rectangles. Eating it right away, the texture will be very crunchy with a still moist, very creamy glaze. Storing it at room temp in an airtight container and eating it the next day, the texture will be much softer and the glaze will have solidified, making the bite very cohesive.

    Notes

      • Remember to soften your butter! It shouldn’t be cold right out of the fridge for this recipe. If you’re in a pinch and don’t have a few hours to let your butter naturally come to room temperature, microwave the butter for 2-3 seconds, rotate it, and microwave it for another 2-3 seconds. Keep doing this until it is a nice pliable and slightly soft texture without making it squishy or liquid-y. If you accidentally go too far, put it in the freezer while you prep the ingredients. It’s a fine balance.

      • Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together before ever starting the recipe will help tremendously.

      • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.
          • How do I store lemon slab shortbread? Store it at room temperature in an airtight container. The shortbread will soften over time and be even more delicious.

          • Can I use other citrus? Yes, feel free to use lime, Meyer lemon, blood orange, tangerine, etc. Everything in the recipe will remain the same aside from what citrus you use.

          • What if I don’t have an ⅛th sheet pan? Use an 8″ x 8″ square pan, 8″ round pan, or a 9″ round cake pan/springform pan.

    Did you make this recipe?

    Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

    lucky charms bakery style cookies

    February 18, 2025

    These cookies are so good they may be better than classic chocolate chip cookies. And no, they aren’t too sweet even with the addition of Lucky Charms marshmallows. These big, bakery style cookies have perfectly crisp edges and chewy centers that might make these a staple in your recipe box.

    why you’ll love lucky charms bakery style cookies

    • This recipe is based on my favorite bakery style chocolate chip cookies, but there is no chocolate, making this recipe perfect for those in your life who don’t love chocolate.
    • This cookie is not too sweet- it’s perfectly balanced thanks to some salt.
    • The texture is so good. Crispy edges and chewy centers with the airy crispness of the marshmallows on top. yum.
    • This is a no-chill recipe which is always nice to have as an alternative to a chill recipe if you’re running low on time.
    • They’re beautiful.

    ingredients in lucky charms bakery style cookies

    • unsalted butter– I like to use unsalted butter as a recipe developer, because it ensures that I’m not giving you a recipe that will turn out too salty. However, if all you have is salted butter, it’s fine. A little extra salt is not a bad thing in a sweet. If you are very sensitive to saltiness, lower the salt in the recipe by a ¼ tsp-½ tsp. *Another note about the butter, it doesn’t need to be room temp or softened. We are browning it!
    • ice cubes– Or cold water is fine. I like to use ice because it speeds up the cooling of the butter. We are adding water to the butter to account for the moisture loss in the browning process. This makes sure the cookie still ends up chewy.
    • brown sugar– light or dark (Although I prefer light in this recipe because this cookie has an overall lighter flavor, and I don’t want it to be overpowered by molasses.) Brown sugar is going to give this cookie a nice chewy texture.
    • granulated sugar– Adding some granulated sugar to this recipe will make a crisper edge than if we were to use all brown sugar.
    • salt– I like Diamond Crystal kosher salt because it is just the best for baking and cooking (according to professional chefs). If you don’t have Diamond Crystal, use half the amount the recipe calls for of regular table salt or fine sea salt. You could also weigh whatever salt you have according to the recipe. (Weight is accurate for salt across the board.)
    • vanilla– for flavor (I prefer vanilla bean paste to extract, like this one.)
    • eggs– a whole egg and a yolk (The yolk is for added richness to the dough.)
    • baking soda– leavener that assists in spread and color
    • baking powder– leavener that assists in lift
    • malted milk powder– for flavor (technically optional, but recommended)
    • all purpose flour– the bulk of the dough
    • Lucky Charms– We are using this to make a cereal ‘flour’ and for the marshmallows.
    • flakey salt– for sprinkling on top, optional (I like Maldon.)

    *Get 10% off at The Spice House with my code EMILYLOGGANS*

    supplies needed to make lucky charms bakery style cookies

    • scale
    • saucepan– for browning butter
    • whisk
    • mixing bowl, heat-proof
    • food processor OR gallon plastic bag and rolling pin
    • baking sheets– two
    • parchment paper
    • cookie scoop– I used a size #20 (which is about 1.875 oz. or 3 ½ Tbsp)

    how to make lucky charms bakery style cookies

    These rainbow-filled, delicious cookies are based on my classic chocolate chip cookie, although you would never think ‘chocolate chip cookie’ while eating these. Even though they have the same caramelized sugars, toasty brown butter, and chewy texture, there is no chocolate. Lucky Charms marshmallows are in every bite along with cereal ‘flour’ and malted milk powder for a little flavor boost. (And a milky moment, of course, because cereal.) I like to make large dough balls that bake into large cookies that look like they came from an artisanal bakery. They will also work as a more typically-sized cookie if that’s more your thing.

    The mixing method for this cookie is very standard for a brown butter dough. Start by browning the butter in a saucepan over medium heat, whisking frequently to make sure the milk solids don’t stick to the bottom of the pan. Brown butter is very vocal and tells you when it’s done. It starts out quiet as the butter melts, and once it is fully melted, the butter starts to bubble and sizzle. This sizzling is the sound of the water being cooked off the butter, resulting in moisture loss.

    If you were to weigh your butter before browning, it would weigh more than its weight after browning. You lose about a tablespoon per stick (113g) of butter after browning, but we are going to add that moisture back via ice cubes. (You could use cold water if you don’t have ice cubes, but I like that the ice helps cool down the hot butter faster.)

    Back to the sizzling butter. After a while, it will start to quiet down and the bubbles will subside. This is right before it starts browning. Now is when you’ll want to continue stirring consistently to prevent the milk solids from adhering to the bottom of the pan and burning. Keep the butter on the heat until the liquid is golden and the milk solids are brown. It will smell incredible, by the way.

    Pour the hot butter into a heat proof mixing bowl. Add the ice cubes (or two tablespoons of cold water) and stir to melt the ice cubes. Place the bowl in the fridge (or outside if you’re in the midwest and the entire outdoors is a fridge/freezer) while you prep the rest of the ingredients. Refrigerating the butter cools it down while allowing it to remain liquid since it won’t be there for long. About ten minutes will be enough. (Cooling the butter down at this step allows this to be a no-fridge dough.)

    Gather and weigh out the rest of the ingredients.

    Prepare the cereal ‘flour’: Using either a food processor or a gallon plastic bag and a rolling pin, crush the cereal (just the cereal, not the marshmallows) until it is mostly fine bits. It’s okay if there are some larger pieces, but the majority should be fine crumbs and dusty. Set it aside for later.

    Prepare the sugary cereal dust: Using either a food processor or a plastic bag and a rolling pin, crush some marshmallows and cereal. Stir some granulated sugar and salt into that and set it aside. This is going to coat the cookie dough balls.

    Preheat the oven to 375 F.

    Once the butter has been in the fridge for about ten minutes, add the granulated sugar, brown sugar, and salt to the bowl and whisk well. Add the egg and vanilla and whisk until the mixture is emulsified, i.e. thick, glossy, lighter, smooth, cohesive.

    Add the flour, baking soda, baking powder, and cereal ‘flour’. Gently stir it into the wet ingredients with a spatula until nearly combined. Add the marshmallows and gently stir them in to combine.

    Using a #20 cookie scoop, scoop the dough into 12-13 balls. Press some reserved marshmallows on top before rolling the ball of dough into the sugary cereal mixture to coat. Place the dough balls on a parchment lined baking sheet a few inches apart.

    Make sure you don’t roll the balls in the sugar mixture before you press some marshmallows into the tops or the marshmallows won’t stick.

    Bake the cookies for 12-14 minutes depending on how gooey or well-baked you like your cookies. The edges should be set and toasted brown while the center is soft. Remove them from the oven and tap the sheet a couple of times to settle them if they are a little puffy. While they’re still hot, use a round metal cookie cutter to scoot them into a perfectly round shape. Sprinkle with flakey sea salt, and enjoy.

    success tips for making lucky charms bakery style cookies

    • Pay attention to the different amounts of cereal and marshmallow. We’re using marshmallows in three different places! It’s a lot of picking through cereal. Sorry, but it is worth it.
    • Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together before ever starting the recipe will help tremendously.
    • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.
    • Be careful not to burn the brown butter. It should be warm golden brown, not black brown. Your nose will be your guide. If it burns, best to toss it and try again than risk making cookies that taste burnt from the get-go.
    • For perfectly round cookies, use a large metal cookie cutter to scoot the hot cookies into shape. I’m addicted to doing this.

    FAQs

    • How much Lucky Charms do I need? I used a single 10.5 oz. box of Lucky Charms. There was a lot of cereal left, so be prepared to eat boring marshmallow-less Lucky Charms for a bit. Or grab a bag of just the marshmallows.
    • Do I need to refrigerate this dough? No, this is a no-fridge cookie dough.
    • How many cookies does this make? When using a #20 scoop (nearly 4 Tbsp), you can get about 12-13 cookies.
    • Can I use a smaller scoop? Yes, feel free to make more average sized cookies by using a #30 scoop, which is about 2 Tbsp. Using the smaller scoop will yield about 22-24 cookies.
    • What should I do if I want to make these ahead and need to refrigerate the dough? I recommend scooping the dough right away before chilling so it’s easier to scoop. Store airtight in the fridge for up to three days before baking. Let the dough balls come to room temperature for a while (about 30 minutes to an hour) before baking so the dough spreads properly.
    • Can I freeze the dough? To freeze, scoop dough balls as usual and top with desired toppings. Place dough balls onto a cookie sheet lined with parchment paper and freeze until solid. Once frozen, transfer the dough balls to a freezer ziplock bag and label with the date and name of the cookie. For additional protection against freezer burn, place the bag in an airtight container. Frozen dough will last about three months. (Once frozen, do not re-freeze.) When it’s time to bake, bake as usual and at the same temperature, but for a minute or two longer depending on your preference of done-ness.

    watch how to make lucky charms bakery style cookies

    Print

    lucky charms bakery style cookies

    Print Recipe

    These rainbow-filled, delicious cookies are based on my classic chocolate chip cookie, although you would never think ‘chocolate chip cookie’ while eating these. Even though they have the same caramelized sugars, toasty brown butter, and chewy texture, there is no chocolate. Lucky Charms marshmallows are in every bite along with cereal ‘flour’ and malted milk powder for a little flavor boost. (And a milky moment, of course, because cereal.) I like to make large dough balls that bake into large cookies that look like they came from an artisanal bakery. They will also work as a more typically-sized cookie if that’s more your thing.

    • Author: Emily Loggans
    • Yield: 12 1x

    Ingredients

    Scale

    226g (1 cup) unsalted butter

    2 ice cubes, or 2 Tbsp cold water

    146g (⅔ cup) brown sugar, light preferred

    150g (¾ cup) granulated sugar

    1 ½ tsp (4.5g) Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ¾ tsp regular table salt)

    2 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

    1 whole egg, large

    1 egg yolk, large

    ½ tsp baking soda

    1 tsp baking powder

    2 Tbsp malted milk powder

    240g (2 cups) all purpose flour

    60g Lucky Charms cereal ‘flour’ (pulverized cereal in small crumbs)

    1 cup (ish) marshmallows, from the Lucky Charms cereal box

    additional marshmallows (about 50) for topping

    flakey salt, for sprinkling on top

    Sugary Cereal Dust

    25g (2 Tbsp) granulated sugar

    pinch of salt

    ½ cup (ish) crushed marshmallows, from the cereal box

    ¼ cup (ish) crushed cereal, from the cereal box

    Instructions

    Start by browning the butter in a saucepan over medium heat, whisking frequently to make sure the milk solids don’t stick to the bottom of the pan. Brown butter is very vocal and tells you when it’s done. It starts out quiet as the butter melts, and once it is fully melted, the butter starts to bubble and sizzle. This sizzling is the sound of the water being cooked off the butter, resulting in moisture loss. After a while, it will start to quiet down and the bubbles will subside. This is right before it starts browning. Now is when you’ll want to continue stirring consistently to prevent the milk solids from adhering to the bottom of the pan and burning. Keep the butter on the heat until the liquid is golden and the milk solids are brown. 

    Pour the hot butter into a heat proof mixing bowl. Add the ice cubes (or two tablespoons of cold water) and stir to melt the ice cubes. Place the bowl in the fridge while you prep the rest of the ingredients, about ten minutes.

    Prepare the cereal ‘flour’: Using either a food processor or a gallon plastic bag and a rolling pin, crush the cereal (just the cereal, not the marshmallows) until it is mostly fine bits. It’s okay if there are some larger pieces, but the majority should be fine crumbs and dusty. Set it aside for later.

    Prepare the sugary cereal dust: Using either a food processor or a plastic bag and a rolling pin, crush some marshmallows and cereal. Stir some granulated sugar and salt into that and set it aside. 

    Preheat the oven to 375 F.

    Once the butter has been in the fridge for about ten minutes, add the granulated sugar, brown sugar, and salt to the bowl and whisk well. Add the egg and vanilla and whisk until the mixture is emulsified, i.e. thick, glossy, lighter, smooth, cohesive.

    Add the flour, baking soda, baking powder, and cereal ‘flour’. Gently stir it into the wet ingredients with a spatula until nearly combined. Add the marshmallows and gently stir them in to combine.

    Using a #20 cookie scoop, scoop the dough into 12-13 balls. Press some reserved marshmallows on top before rolling the ball of dough into the sugary cereal mixture to coat. Place the dough balls on a parchment lined baking sheet a few inches apart.

    Bake the cookies for 12-14 minutes depending on how gooey or well-baked you like your cookies. The edges should be set and toasted brown while the center is soft. Remove them from the oven and tap the sheet a couple of times to settle them if they are a little puffy. While they’re still hot, use a round metal cookie cutter to scoot them into a perfectly round shape. Sprinkle with flakey sea salt, and enjoy.

    Notes

    • Pay attention to the different amounts of cereal and marshmallow. We’re using marshmallows in three different places! It’s a lot of picking through cereal. Sorry, but it is worth it.
    • Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together before ever starting the recipe will help tremendously.
    • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.
    • Be careful not to burn the brown butter. It should be warm golden brown, not black brown. Your nose will be your guide. If it burns, best to toss it and try again than risk making cookies that taste burnt from the get-go.
    • For perfectly round cookies, use a large metal cookie cutter to scoot the hot cookies into shape. I’m addicted to doing this.

    • How much Lucky Charms do I need? I used a single 10.5 oz. box of Lucky Charms. There was a lot of cereal left, so be prepared to eat boring marshmallow-less Lucky Charms for a bit. Or grab a bag of just the marshmallows.
    • Do I need to refrigerate this dough? No, this is a no-fridge cookie dough.
    • How many cookies does this make? When using a #20 scoop (nearly 4 Tbsp), you can get about 12-13 cookies.
    • Can I use a smaller scoop? Yes, feel free to make more average sized cookies by using a #30 scoop, which is about 2 Tbsp. Using the smaller scoop will yield about 22-24 cookies.

    • What should I do if I want to make these ahead and need to refrigerate the dough? I recommend scooping the dough right away before chilling so it’s easier to scoop. Store airtight in the fridge for up to three days before baking. Let the dough balls come to room temperature for a while (about 30 minutes to an hour) before baking so the dough spreads properly.
    • Can I freeze the dough? To freeze, scoop dough balls as usual and top with desired toppings. Place dough balls onto a cookie sheet lined with parchment paper and freeze until solid. Once frozen, transfer the dough balls to a freezer ziplock bag and label with the date and name of the cookie. For additional protection against freezer burn, place the bag in an airtight container. Frozen dough will last about three months. (Once frozen, do not re-freeze.) When it’s time to bake, bake as usual and at the same temperature, but for a minute or two longer depending on your preference of done-ness.

    Did you make this recipe?

    Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

    coffee cake banana bread loaf

    February 8, 2025

    Where to even begin? It’s banana bread. It’s coffee cake. It’s banana bread coffee cake. And it’s delicious.

    why you’ll love this coffee cake banana bread loaf

    • It’s easy to make. Just mix the ingredients in one after another and you have a banana bread batter!
    • The flavor is delicious and layered with so many intentional ingredients that improve flavor (like butter instead of oil, brown sugar in addition to granulated sugar for some depth, plenty of salt for balance, cinnamon and nutmeg for spice, and espresso powder for a little something-something)
    • A streusel crumble just makes everything better, and this one is so good.

    ingredients in coffee cake banana bread loaf

    the streusel

    • unsalted butter– salted is fine if it’s all you have, and it needs to be cold
    • all purpose flour– the structure of the streusel which makes it cookie-like
    • brown sugar– I like brown sugar because it adds more flavor and a little bit of a chew
    • nutmeg– for flavor
    • cinnamon– for flavor
    • salt– my recipe calls for Diamond Crystal (the BEST and you should get some), but if all you have is sea salt or table salt, just halve the amount (so use ¼ teaspoon instead of ½ tsp)

    the banana bread

    • unsalted butter– You can use salted butter if it’s all you have. Lower the salt called for by ¼ teaspoon if you’re worried about an overly salty banana bread. Good news is that it doesn’t have to be room temperature since we’re melting it. Yay! Small victories.
    • bananas– ripe, but not too ripe. Ideally, the perfect banana is deep yellow with lots of brown spots. Even a solid dark brown banana is fine if your bananas have been hanging out for a long time. Generally speaking, the riper the banana, the more flavor and the more sweetness to the banana bread. Just don’t use bananas that are leaking, have broken peels, or have white mold spots on them.
    • granulated sugar– for sweetness and tenderness
    • brown sugar– swapping some granulated sugar for brown sugar because ✨flavor✨
    • salt– my recipe calls for Diamond Crystal (the BEST and you should get some), but if all you have is sea salt or table salt, just halve the amount (so use ¾ teaspoon instead of 1 ½ tsp)
    • vanilla bean paste– for flavor (extract works too, but vanilla bean paste is an actual secret weapon in baking)
    • sour cream– We need some dairy for tenderness and moisture, and my favorite is sour cream. Whole fat Greek yogurt or whole milk works as a 1:1 swap in grams.
    • eggs– for texture, moisture, and lift
    • all purpose flour– for the structure of the banana bread
    • baking powder– for lift
    • baking soda– for lift (and it works because we have acid present in the form of sour cream and brown sugar)
    • cinnamon– optional, but delish
    • nutmeg– optional, but delish
    • espresso powder– optional, but delish

    supplies needed to make coffee cake banana bread loaf

    • mixing bowl
    • wire whisk
    • scale
    • parchment paper– to make a sling so the banana bread can be easily lifted out of the pan
    • loaf pan– I use a 10″ x 5″ or 1.5 lb. loaf pan, which is larger than standard. This is the one I have. I love this thing even though I accidentally bought it by mistake. It is amazing and makes sure there is no overflow if you are making a big loaf with extra toppings like streusel. I also have this 9″ x 5″ pan that is great and will work if you don’t have the larger size. Measure your loaf pan to make sure it isn’t 8″ x 4″, because your banana bread could overflow. ALTERNATE OPTIONS: Use an 8″x8″ square pan or 9″x9″ square pan. You could also use a 9″ springform round pan. Basically, no matter what pan you have, you can make this banana bread.

    how to make coffee cake banana bread loaf

    start with the streusel

    Start by making the streusel so that it is ready to go for when it’s needed. It is so easy to make and comes together so quickly. Keep this streusel recipe on hand any time you make a quick bread that needs a little something-something.

    In a medium mixing bowl, combine the flour, brown sugar, cinnamon, nutmeg, and salt. Add the cubed cold butter and work with your fingers to combine the butter into the dry ingredients. I like to coat the butter cubes before pressing them between my fingers to flatten them. Keep going until the butter is completely combined and you have a dough that can be pressed into a ball. Pop it in the fridge, loosely covered until it’s time use.

    make the banana bread batter

    Preheat the oven to 400 F while preparing the batter.

    Mash the bananas well. Any chunks should be very tiny.

    Melt the butter and add to the mashed bananas. A bowl-saving hack is to add the butter, cubed, to the bowl of mashed bananas and microwave in 30 second increments until the butter is nearly melted, like the first picture. Stir it until the butter has completely melted. If there are any bits of butter that are still remaining, microwave for another 10 seconds and stir again.

    Add the sugars, salt, vanilla, eggs, and sour cream to the butter/banana mixture. Whisk well to make sure it is fully combined. Add the flour, baking powder, baking soda, cinnamon, nutmeg, and espresso powder and gently stir to combine, being careful not to over mix. Once the dry ingredients are incorporated, stop stirring.

    Pour half of the batter into a parchment lined loaf pan (it must be 9″ x 5″ or 10″ x 5″). Sprinkle half of the streusel over the batter, breaking up clumps with your fingers so it is more of a fine dusting.

    Pour the rest of the batter over the streusel, smoothing the top into the corners and sides if needed. Sprinkle the rest of the streusel over the top, keeping the clumps larger.

    Bake at 400 F for 10 minutes before dropping the heat to 350 F and baking for an additional 50-60 minutes. Check the banana bread at 50 minutes with a cake tester or toothpick- it should not be wet. Keep baking until the cake tester comes out clean or with a few moist crumbs. Cool on a wire rack for at least 15 minutes before trying to remove it from the pan. Cool on the wire rack a bit more before cutting into it. The banana bread should be warm, not hot.

    success tips for making coffee cake banana bread loaf

    • I have made this banana bread SO MANY times, and my bananas weigh a different amount each time. It’s fine. The bananas can weigh 300g-450g and it works every time. That is a huge amount of difference. Don’t worry about it, just use three medium to large ripe bananas or 4 small ripe bananas.
    • If you don’t have sour cream, you can use buttermilk, whole milk, or full fat Greek yogurt. Sometimes I don’t have enough sour cream, and I use part sour cream and part whole milk.
    • Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together beforeever starting the recipe will help tremendously.
    • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.

    variations on coffee cake banana bread loaf

    • as a round cake in a 9″ springform pan
    • as a square cake in a 8″ or 9″ square pan
    • as 12 regular muffins or 6 jumbo muffins
    Print

    coffee cake banana bread loaf

    Print Recipe

    Where to even begin? It’s banana bread. It’s coffee cake. It’s banana bread coffee cake. And it’s delicious.

    • Author: Emily Loggans

    Ingredients

    Scale

    Streusel

    56g (4 Tbsp) unsalted butter, cold and cubed

    60g (½ cup) all purpose flour

    110g (½ cup) brown sugar, light or dark

    2 tsp cinnamon

    ¼ tsp nutmeg

    ½ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt, or ¼ tsp regular table salt

    Banana Bread

    300g-450g (3 medium-large or 4 small) ripe bananas, mashed well

    113g (8 Tbsp) unsalted butter, cubed

    150g (¾ cup) granulated sugar

    55g (¼ cup) brown sugar, light or dark

    1 ½ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt, or ¾ tsp regular table salt

    2 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

    60g (¼ cup) sour cream

    2 eggs

    240g (2 cups) all purpose flour

    1 tsp baking powder

    ½ tsp baking soda

    1 tsp cinnamon

    ¼ tsp nutmeg

    1 tsp espresso powder, such as Modern Mountain espresso powder

    Instructions

    Make the Streusel

    In a medium mixing bowl, combine the flour, brown sugar, cinnamon, nutmeg, and salt. Add the cubed cold butter and work with your fingers to combine the butter into the dry ingredients. I like to coat the butter cubes before pressing them between my fingers to flatten them. Keep going until the butter is completely combined and you have a dough that can be pressed into a ball. Pop it in the fridge, loosely covered until it’s time use.

    Banana Bread Batter

    Preheat the oven to 400 F while preparing the batter.

    Mash the bananas well. Any chunks should be very tiny.

    Melt the butter and add to the mashed bananas. A bowl-saving hack is to add the butter, cubed, to the bowl of mashed bananas and microwave in 30 second increments until the butter is nearly melted, like the first picture. Stir it until the butter has completely melted. If there are any bits of butter that are still remaining, microwave for another 10 seconds and stir again.

    Add the sugars, salt, vanilla, eggs, and sour cream to the butter/banana mixture. Whisk well to make sure it is fully combined. Add the flour, baking powder, baking soda, cinnamon, nutmeg, and espresso powder and gently stir to combine, being careful not to overtax. Once the dry ingredients are incorporated, stop stirring.

    Add the sugars, salt, vanilla, eggs, and sour cream to the butter/banana mixture. Whisk well to make sure it is fully combined. Add the flour, baking powder, baking soda, cinnamon, nutmeg, and espresso powder and gently stir to combine, being careful not to over mix. Once the dry ingredients are incorporated, stop stirring.

    Pour half of the batter into a parchment lined loaf pan (it must be 9″ x 5″ or 10″ x 5″). Sprinkle half of the streusel over the batter, breaking up clumps with your fingers so it is more of a fine dusting.

    Pour the rest of the batter over the streusel, smoothing the top into the corners and sides if needed. Sprinkle the rest of the streusel over the top, keeping the clumps larger.

    Bake at 400 F for 10 minutes before dropping the heat to 350 F and baking for an additional 50-60 minutes. Check the banana bread at 50 minutes with a cake tester or toothpick- it should not be wet. Keep baking until the cake tester comes out clean or with a few moist crumbs. Cool on a wire rack for at least 15 minutes before trying to remove it from the pan. Cool on the wire rack a bit more before cutting into it. The banana bread should be warm, not hot.

    Notes

      • I have made this banana bread SO MANY times, and my bananas weigh a different amount each time. It’s fine. The bananas can weigh 300g-450g and it works every time. That is a huge amount of difference. Don’t worry about it, just use three medium to large ripe bananas or 4 small ripe bananas.

      • If you don’t have sour cream, you can use buttermilk, whole milk, or full fat Greek yogurt. Sometimes I don’t have enough sour cream, and I use part sour cream and part whole milk.

      • Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together beforeever starting the recipe will help tremendously.

      • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.

    Did you make this recipe?

    Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

    m&m cookies with brown butter

    January 31, 2025

    Brown butter chocolate chip cookies, but with m&m’s instead of chocolate chips. The crunch of the candy coating paired with the melty chocolate inside a classic, chewy chocolate chip cookie is unbeatable.

    why you’ll love m&m cookies with brown butter

    • Brown butter, brown sugar, vanilla bean paste, and plenty of salt makes this cookie base incredible. It’s chewy in the center with crisp edges, which is the perfect cookie texture.
    • M&M’s are so good in a cookie like this because they have nothing a crunchy candy texture and a melty chocolate texture. They’re also so seasonal, which makes these great to make during holidays like Valentine’s Day and Christmas. Shake it up and try different flavors of M&M’s like peanut butter or caramel. (On my way to try that now…)
    • These are so fast and easy to make, and the chill time is technically optional. So if you want chocolate chip cookies right now, these are perfect. However, if you want to make them ahead of time, they taste even better when chilled in the fridge for 24 hours.

    ingredients in m&m cookies with brown butter

    • unsalted butter– Salted butter will be fine if it’s all you have. It doesn’t have to be room temperature, because we are going to brown it.
    • granulated sugar– I like to use a mix of granulated sugar and brown sugar in my chocolate chip cookie dough. Granulated sugar gives the cookies a crisp edge.
    • brown sugar– I like dark brown sugar in my cookies because of the rich, caramel flavor, but you can use light or brown. Brown sugar aids in the chewiness of this cookie.
    • Diamond Crystal kosher salt– (Don’t swap this for another salt if you can. It is the BEST salt for baking. Grab a box here. However, if you only have table salt or a fine sea salt available, use half the amount of salt called for in this recipe)
    • vanilla bean paste– If you don’t have vanilla bean paste, extract is totally fine.
    • eggs
    • all purpose flour
    • baking powder– for lift
    • baking soda– for spread and color
    • m&m’s– I used a 10 oz. bag of m&m’s, 8 oz. in the dough and 2 oz. pressed into the tops of my dough balls. I think the amount of chocolate in a cookie is totally personal, so add however much you like in a cookie.
    • flakey salt– I use Maldon because it is incredible, but it’s totally optional to put salt on top of a chocolate chip cookie. Skip it if you don’t like it.

    supplies needed to make m&m cookies with brown butter

    • scale
    • heat proof mixing bowl– no mixer for this, so just grab a metal or glass mixing bowl
    • wire whisk– to mix up the wet ingredients
    • spatula– to stir in the dry ingredients
    • cookie scoop– I used a #30 scoop
    • parchment paper– I love Kana Lifestyle pre-cut parchment paper
    • cookie sheet– best to have two

    how to make m&m cookies with brown butter

    These cookies are so easy to make. Start by browning some butter- don’t be scared of this if you’ve never done it. It’s insanely easy. Melt butter in a saucepan over medium-low heat (you do not want a high heat for this). It will start to sizzle and bubble, which is the water cooking off and evaporating. Stir it every once in a while, paying attention to when the sizzling starts to calm down. That’s when the water has nearly been evaporated, and it’s important to start stirring often. The color will start to turn golden and the milk solids will start to brown. It browns very quickly at this stage, so don’t walk away. Once the butter has turned a rich golden brown and smells very toasty and toffee-like, pour the butter into a heat proof mixing bowl, quickly scraping the bottom of the pot to make sure the milk solids are also transferred to the bowl. Cool the butter for about ten minutes. I like to pop my bowl in the fridge while I gather the rest of my ingredients.

    Once the butter has had a chance to cool down slightly (it will still be warm), add the granulated sugar, brown sugar, and kosher salt.

    Using a wire whisk, aggressively whisk the sugars really well into the butter for a couple minutes. The mixture will look like wet sand. Add the eggs and vanilla and whisk well for another couple of minutes until the mixture is emulsified.

    The mixture will be thickened and much lighter in color. Add the flour, baking powder, and baking soda. Use a spatula to gently stir the dry ingredients into the wet until it is almost combined, but not quite.

    Add the m&m’s to the dough and finish mixing with a spatula until there are no more dry spots in the dough.

    Using a #30 cookie scoop, scoop the dough into balls and place them right next to each other on a parchment lined baking sheet. Press the remaining 2 oz. of m&m’s into the tops of the dough balls. With my scoop, I was able to get 27 cookies. Depending on what scoop you use, you can assume to get at least 24 cookies. Wrap the sheet in plastic wrap and put in the fridge overnight for 24 hours.

    If you need cookies right now, feel free to skip the chill time. If you have a couple hours, chill them for a couple hours. They are even better chilled, but it’s not that serious, and they are delicious even without chilling. I tested it.

    Bake the cookies at 350 F for 10-14 minutes. Take them out when the tops are not shiny or wet looking and the outer edge of the cookie is golden brown. The center may look underdone, but it will set up on the cookie sheet. Leave the cookies on the hot cookie sheet to cool for five minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to finish cooling. Sprinkle with flakey salt.

    success tips for making m&m cookies with brown butter

    • Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together beforeever starting the recipe will help tremendously.
    • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.
    • Be careful not to burn the brown butter. It should be warm golden brown, not black brown. Your nose will be your guide. If it burns, best to toss it and try again than risk making cookies that taste burnt from the get-go.
    • For perfectly round cookies, use a large metal cookie cutter to scoot the hot cookies into shape. I’m addicted to doing this.

    watch how to make m&m cookies with brown butter

    Don’t come for me and my aggressive vanilla pours.

    Print

    m&m cookies with brown butter

    Print Recipe

    5 from 1 review

    Brown butter chocolate chip cookies, but with m&m’s instead of chocolate chips. The crunch of the candy coating paired with the melty chocolate inside a classic, chewy chocolate chip cookie is unbeatable.

    • Author: Emily Loggans
    • Yield: about 26 cookies 1x

    Ingredients

    Scale

    226g (1 cup) unsalted butter

    100g (½ cup) granulated sugar

    220g (1 cup) brown sugar, light or dark

    1 ½ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ¾ tsp regular table salt)

    2 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

    2 eggs

    ½ tsp baking powder

    1 tsp baking soda

    300g (2 ½ cups) all purpose flour

    10 oz. m&m’s, divided (8 oz. for the dough and 2 oz. for the tops)

    flakey salt, for sprinkling on top (optional)

    Instructions

    Start by browning some butter- don’t be scared of this if you’ve never done it. It’s insanely easy. Melt butter in a saucepan over medium-low heat (you do not want a high heat for this). It will start to sizzle and bubble, which is the water cooking off and evaporating. Stir it every once in a while, paying attention to when the sizzling starts to calm down. That’s when the water has nearly been evaporated, and it’s important to start stirring often. The color will start to turn golden and the milk solids will start to brown. It browns very quickly at this stage, so don’t walk away. Once the butter has turned a rich golden brown and smells very toasty and toffee-like, pour the butter into a heat proof mixing bowl, quickly scraping the bottom of the pot to make sure the milk solids are also transferred to the bowl. Cool the butter for about ten minutes. I like to pop my bowl in the fridge while I gather the rest of my ingredients.

    Once the butter has had a chance to cool down slightly (it will still be warm), add the granulated sugar, brown sugar, and kosher salt.

    Using a wire whisk, aggressively whisk the sugars really well into the butter for a couple minutes. The mixture will look like wet sand. Add the eggs and vanilla and whisk well for another couple of minutes until the mixture is emulsified.

    The mixture will be thickened and much lighter in color. Add the flour, baking powder, and baking soda. Use a spatula to gently stir the dry ingredients into the wet until it is almost combined, but not quite.

    Add 8 oz. of m&m’s to the dough and finish mixing with a spatula until there are no more dry spots in the dough.

    Using a #30 cookie scoop, scoop the dough into balls and place them right next to each other on a parchment lined baking sheet. Press the remaining 2 oz. of m&m’s into the tops of the dough balls. Wrap the sheet in plastic wrap and put in the fridge overnight for 24 hours.

    If you need cookies right now, feel free to skip the chill time. If you have a couple hours, chill them for a couple hours. They are even better chilled, but it’s not that serious, and they are delicious even without chilling. 

    Bake the cookies at 350 F for 10-14 minutes. Take them out when the tops are not shiny or wet looking and the outer edge of the cookie is golden brown. The center may look underdone, but it will set up on the cookie sheet. Leave the cookies on the hot cookie sheet to cool for five minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to finish cooling. Sprinkle them with flakey salt.

    Notes

    • Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together beforeever starting the recipe will help tremendously.
    • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.
    • Be careful not to burn the brown butter. It should be warm golden brown, not black brown. Your nose will be your guide. If it burns, best to toss it and try again than risk making cookies that taste burnt from the get-go.
    • For perfectly round cookies, use a large metal cookie cutter to scoot the hot cookies into shape. I’m addicted to doing this.

    Did you make this recipe?

    Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

    blood orange curd linzer cookies

    January 31, 2025

    Forever inspired by Birdhouse Bakes, I’ve finally made linzer cookies that resemble her iconic ones. These have a great sandy-soft texture and light almond flavor from almond flour. They hold their shape when cut, although they do spread ever so slightly.

    why you’ll love blood orange curd linzer cookies

    • This almond based cookie dough is so good as is with a perfect tender crispness and light almond flavor. It holds its shape beautifully and when rolled thin, it makes a delicious little sandwich.
    • Blood orange is so special and such a bright spot in the coldest months of the year. It just makes sense to bake with them while we have them. Blood orange curd is a great way to let their flavor shine, and my curd recipe is so easy.

    ingredients in blood orange curd linzer cookies

    the cookie

    • unsalted butter– If all you have is salted butter, that’s totally fine. Your butter does need to be room temperature, though.
    • granulated sugar– for texture and sweetness
    • egg– for texture
    • Diamond Crystal kosher salt– This is the best salt for cooking and baking. Grab a box here- it will last forever. If all you have is regular table salt, divide the amount in the recipe by half.
    • vanilla bean paste– Extract is fine here, but vanilla bean paste is an even more potent and delicious form of vanilla. Plus it puts little vanilla speckles in whatever you’re making. I like to shop bundles and sales at Heilala or here with my code LINENGRAY for 10% off.
    • powdered sugar– for dusting on top the cookies

    the blood orange curd

    • blood orange juice– Best to use freshly squeezed. Since curd is typically made with lemon juice, which is a strong flavor, this recipe reduces the blood orange juice to make it more potent.
    • lemon juice– to add some tartness to the curd
    • granulated sugar– for sweetness and texture
    • zest– from the lemon and the blood oranges that were juiced
    • Diamond Crystal kosher salt– a pink of salt will balance the flavors (if you don’t have Diamond Crystal, use half the amount of regular table salt)
    • eggs– the thickener for the curd
    • unsalted butter– to richen the curd and make it thicker

    supplies needed to make blood orange curd linzer cookies

    • hand mixer or stand mixer
    • scale
    • parchment paper
    • cookie sheets– two half sheets
    • rolling pin with guides set to ⅙″ or 4 mm
    • small flower cookie cutter
    • very small circle cutter
    • saucepan
    • citrus juicer of some sort
    • microplane or zester
    • instant read thermometer– to check the temperature of the curd
    • sieve– to strain the curd

    how to make the blood orange curd

    This is based on my easiest, stress-free lemon curd. If you’ve never made citrus curd, don’t be scared. It’s not as complicated as it seems. I’ve been testing my curd recipe for years, and this is my favorite iteration so far with the most flavor, perfect balance of sweetness, and least eggy flavor. Since we’re making a blood orange curd this time, we need to use twice as much juice and reduce it down by half so it’s the right amount.

    Start by juicing a few blood oranges until you get about 1 cup of juice. Pour it into a pot and bring it to a light simmer uncovered. Keep an eye on it, making sure it’s not too hot. Pour it into a measuring cup to check how much it has reduced- it should be ½ cup when it’s done.

    While the juice is simmering away, pour the sugar and salt into a saucepan. Zest the oranges and a lemon into the pot of sugar.

    Rub the zest into the sugar with your fingers or a spatula until it is moistened, slightly orange, and very fragrant. This brings the oils out of the zest, adding much more flavor to the curd.

    Add the eggs to the sugar and whisk well to combine. Slowly pour the now-reduced juice into the pan while whisking to combine. Juice the lemon and add the juice to the saucepan, whisking to combine.

    Place the pot on the stovetop at medium-low heat, stirring constantly. It will thicken quickly and without stirring, the curd will thicken unevenly and become chunky. Once temperature reaches 170 F, or when the mixture is thick and evenly coats the back of the spatula, remove from heat and pour into a sieve that is resting in a heat proof bowl. Whisk in the butter until it is melted.

    Store lemon curd in the refrigerator while waiting for the next step. Cover the top of the curd with cling film to prevent it from developing a skin.

    how to make the almond cookie dough

    This dough is incredibly easy to make. It starts out by creaming room temperature butter with sugar, blood orange zest, and salt. Add an egg and vanilla and mix to combine, making sure the mixture is emulsified. Scrape down the bowl and give it a mix one more time to make sure everything is mixed before adding the dry ingredients. Add the almond flour and all purpose flour all at once and mix on low to combine.

    Drop the dough onto a piece of lightly floured parchment paper. Sprinkle more flour on top of the dough and place another piece of parchment paper on top. Roll the dough to ⅙″ (4 mm). Refrigerate the dough for a couple of hours to chill the butter in the dough and help prevent sticking and spread.

    If you don’t have a couple hours, put the dough in the freezer for fifteen minutes instead.

    Preheat the oven to 375 F.

    Cut as many cookies as possible with a small flower cookie cutter (2″ to 2 ½″). Use an offset spatula to lift the cookies from the parchment paper and place onto a parchment lined baking sheet, spacing the cookies at least an inch apart.

    Re-roll any scraps and cut more flowers. If the dough is too sticky to use after re-rolling, put it in the freezer for five minutes to firm up.

    From half the cookies, cut circles in the center of the flower cookies.

    Freeze the cut cookies for five minutes before baking to help prevent spreading.

    Bake the cookies for 8-9 minutes, or until the tops are no longer shiny. If you want a golden brown, crispy cookie, bake for a minute or two longer.

    Spread a layer of blood orange curd on the cookies that have no centers. Be careful not to put too much curd near the edges of the cookie, or the curd can overflow. Gently sandwich a cookie with a center cut out on top of the curd cookie. Add a tiny bit more curd to the flower center if there is room to add more.

    Sprinkle powdered sugar over the cookies, and if you’d like, a bit of blood orange zest.

    This dough makes about 5 dozen small cookies, give or take. When sandwiching, it makes about 2 ½ dozen sandwiches. It depends on the size of your cutter and how much re-rolling you do.

    success tips for making blood orange curd linzer cookies

    • Do NOT forget to reduce the juice. If you don’t reduce it, the amount is too high for the curd and it won’t thicken.
    • Split the recipe up and make the curd ahead of time to make the process easier. I like to make my curd the day or night before so it has had plenty of time to set up in the fridge.
    • Fill this little linzer cookie with anything you like! Lemon curd, chocolate ganache, pistachio paste, buttercream, jam. The possibilities are endless, and you better believe I’ll be trying as many as I can.
    • ‘Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together before ever starting the recipe will help tremendously.
    • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.

    variations on blood orange curd linzer cookies

    You could fill these little cookies with anything.

    • pistachio cream
    • chocolate ganache
    • lemon curd
    • caramel
    Print

    blood orange curd linzer cookies

    Print Recipe

    These pretty flower linzer cookies have a great sandy-soft texture and light almond flavor from almond flour.  The creamy blood orange curd filling is sweet-tart and the prettiest color.

    • Author: Emily Loggans
    • Yield: 2 ½ dozen sandwiches 1x

    Ingredients

    Scale

    Blood Orange Curd

    240g (1 cup) freshly squeezed blood orange juice [we are going to reduce it to be 120g, or ½ cup]

    30g (2 Tbsp) freshly squeezed lemon juice

    100g (½ cup) granulated sugar

    zest from the lemon and orange

    ¼ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ⅛ tsp regular table salt)

    4 large egg yolks

    1 whole large egg

    56g (4 Tbsp) unsalted butter, cut into tablespoon-sized chunks

    The Cookie Dough

    226g (1 cup) unsalted butter, room temperature

    150g (¾ cup) granulated sugar

    1 ½ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ¾ tsp regular table salt)

    1 whole egg, large

    1 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

    zest of one blood orange (optional; you could also add even more if you’d like)

    100g (1 cup) almond flour

    270g (2 ¼ cups) all purpose flour

    30g (¼ cup) powdered sugar

    Instructions

    Make the Curd

    Start by juicing a few blood oranges until you get about 1 cup of juice. Pour it into a pot and bring it to a light simmer uncovered. Keep an eye on it, making sure it’s not too hot. Pour it into a measuring cup to check how much it has reduced- it should be ½ cup when it’s done.

    While the juice is simmering, pour the sugar and salt into a saucepan. Zest the oranges and a lemon into the pot of sugar. Rub the zest into the sugar with your fingers or a spatula until it is moistened, slightly orange, and very fragrant. This brings the oils out of the zest, adding much more flavor to the curd.

    Add the eggs to the sugar and whisk well to combine. Slowly pour the now-reduced juice into the pan while whisking to combine. Juice the lemon and add the juice to the saucepan, whisking to combine.

    Place the pot on the stovetop at medium-low heat, stirring constantly. It will thicken quickly and without stirring, the curd will thicken unevenly and become chunky. Once temperature reaches 170 F, or when the mixture is thick and evenly coats the back of the spatula, remove from heat and pour into a sieve that is resting in a heat proof bowl. Whisk in the butter until it is melted.

    Store lemon curd in the refrigerator while waiting for the next step. Cover the top of the curd with cling film to prevent it from developing a skin.

    Make the Cookies

    Start by creaming room temperature butter with sugar, blood orange zest, and salt. Add an egg and vanilla and mix to combine, making sure the mixture is emulsified. Scrape down the bowl and give it a mix one more time to make sure everything is mixed before adding the dry ingredients. Add the almond flour and all purpose flour all at once and mix on low to combine.

    Drop the dough onto a piece of lightly floured parchment paper. Sprinkle more flour on top of the dough and place another piece of parchment paper on top. Roll the dough to ⅙″ (4 mm). Refrigerate the dough for a couple of hours to chill the butter in the dough and help prevent sticking and spread.

    If you don’t have a couple hours, put the dough in the freezer for fifteen minutes instead.

    Preheat the oven to 375 F.

    Cut as many cookies as possible with a small flower cookie cutter (2″ to 2 ½″). Use an offset spatula to lift the cookies from the parchment paper and place onto a parchment lined baking sheet, spacing the cookies at least an inch apart.

    Re-roll any scraps and cut more flowers. If the dough is too sticky to use after re-rolling, put it in the freezer for five minutes to firm up.

    From half the cookies, cut circles in the center of the flower cookies.

    Freeze the cut cookies for five minutes before baking to help prevent spreading.

    Bake the cookies for 8-9 minutes, or until the tops are no longer shiny. If you want a golden brown, crispy cookie, bake for a minute or two longer. Cool on the baking sheet for a couple minutes to allow them time to set before transferring to a wire rack to cool completely.

    Spread a layer of blood orange curd on the cookies that have no centers. Be careful not to put too much curd near the edges of the cookie, or the curd can overflow. Gently sandwich a cookie with a center cut out on top of the curd cookie. Add a tiny bit more curd to the flower center if there is room to add more.

    Sprinkle powdered sugar over the cookies, and if you’d like, a bit of blood orange zest.

    Notes

      • Do NOT forget to reduce the juice. If you don’t reduce it, the amount is too high for the curd and it won’t thicken.

      • Split the recipe up and make the curd ahead of time to make the process easier. I like to make my curd the day or night before so it has had plenty of time to set up in the fridge.

      • Fill this little linzer cookie with anything you like! Lemon curd, chocolate ganache, pistachio paste, buttercream, jam. The possibilities are endless, and you better believe I’ll be trying as many as I can.

      • ‘Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together before ever starting the recipe will help tremendously.

      • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.

    Did you make this recipe?

    Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

    salted vanilla bean royal icing

    January 30, 2025

    Royal icing that actually tastes delicious. Yes, it can be done. All it needs is a bit of seasoning.

    why you’ll love salted vanilla bean royal icing

    • This is the recipe I use for all of my cookie decorating.
    • This royal icing does not use raw egg whites. It uses meringue powder, which is a shelf stable powdered egg white with a few other ingredients. It usually has a light vanilla flavor. There are many brands, but my favorites are Genie’s Dream and Modern Mountain. I’ve heard good things about Chefmaster. Use whatever is accessible to you.
    • This royal icing tastes delicious, which is rare for royal icing. Royal icing gets a bad rap for being tooth-achingly sweet and rock hard. Thanks to the addition of corn syrup in this recipe, this icing dries with a softer bite.

    ingredients in salted vanilla bean royal icing

    • meringue powder– We are using this instead of egg whites. Egg whites, unless pasteurized, can hold harmful bacteria like salmonella. Meringue powder is shelf stable, powdered egg whites and has a light vanilla flavor. Do not substitute for plain powdered egg whites, however, because meringue powder has a few other ingredients and is specifically designed for royal icing and meringues.
    • powdered sugar– Icing sugar, powdered sugar, 10x, these are all the same fine powdered sugars.
    • vanilla bean paste– I love Heilala (shop bundles and sales for great deals), The Spice House (you can use my code EMILYLOGGANS for 10% off), and Nielsen-Massey.
    • Diamond Crystal kosher salt– This salt is amazing, and I will die on the hill that everyone should be using it. However, if you don’t have it handy, just halve the amount of salt the recipe calls for and use table salt or another fine salt.
    • water
    • white gel food coloring, optional- I use Americolor white gel food coloring. The purpose of it is to turn the icing from slightly translucent to more opaque. It will also hold colors better when coloring the icing.

    supplies needed to make salted vanilla bean royal icing

    • stand mixer- you can use a hand mixer, but a stand mixer is preferred here
    • paddle attachment
    • wire whisk
    • spatula- to scrape down the bowl

    how to make salted vanilla bean royal icing

    This recipe makes a big batch of royal icing, enough to decorate about 3 dozen cookies. If you have extra icing, you can store it in an airtight container on the counter for a couple weeks, in the fridge for a month, or in the freeze for a few months. If you need less icing and don’t want to make a big batch, the recipe can be easily halved. If you need more, it can be easily doubled, which is what I used to do every week when decorating cookies for clients.

    Starting with an optional step that is good practice, but I never do it because I’m lazy. Wipe your bowl, spatula, and paddle attachment down with white vinegar or lemon juice. This is to erase any fat molecules that could be clinging to those surfaces. Fat will interfere with the royal icing and cause it to break down, not dry, and just act weird in general. However, royal icing is tolerant ever so slightly to a *little bit of fat. Meaning, if you just made cookies in the mixer, and everything is still greasy, that’s no good. Wash it again. But, if the bowl is perfectly clean to the naked eye, it’s going to be fine even if there is tiny invisible fat residue, so I never wipe the bowl down. But I’m going to tell you to do it, and do with that what you will.

    To the mixing bowl, add the salt, meringue powder, and water. Use a wire whisk to combine, making sure there are no lumps of meringue powder in the bowl. The mixture will be frothy on top with liquid on the bottom, kind of like beer.

    Add the powdered sugar to the bowl all at once. Attach the bowl to the mixer fitted with the paddle attachment and mix on low to combine into a thick, syrupy icing. Add the vanilla, any other flavorings you are adding, corn syrup, and a squeeze of white gel food coloring. Mix again, raising the speed to medium (four on the Kitchen Aid) for three minutes. The icing will be thick, glossy, and fluffy.

    Cover the icing with cling film immediately, touching the surface. You could also cover it with a moist towel draped over the bowl if you’re going to be using it immediately. If you’re making it ahead, store it in an airtight container.

    The consistency of the icing will be a toothpaste/piping/detail consistency. Color it and thin it out as needed for decorating.

    success tips for making salted vanilla bean royal icing

    • Don’t over mix the icing. Over-mixing causes the icing to not dry properly, and it will have a spongy texture that crumbles off the cookie.
    • Use a dehumidifier if your room has a humidity level of 50% or higher. If you notice your royal icing is drying with a matte or sparkly finish, it could be because of the humidity in your room.
    • If you have a dehydrator, popping the cookies in there for a few minutes will help the icing dry with more of a shine.
    • If your icing is warm toned, and you want to tone it, add a squeeze of Americolor lilac and mix to combine. You may have seen the tip floating around online about adding purple gel coloring to icing or buttercream to tone it. Sometimes that ends badly with icing turning a lavender color since it’s tricky to add just the right amount of purple, which can be an intense color depending on which coloring you use. I found that Americolor lilac is a very delicate purple and perfect for toning icing and buttercream without turning it purple at all.
    • Please note that corn syrup is NOT high fructose corn syrup and doesn’t even have the same chemical makeup. Corn syrup is pure glucose. If you don’t want to use it, you could use a teaspoon of vegetable glycerin in the icing to aid in softness. (I haven’t tried it myself, but I’ve heard great things.)
    • Don’t use the whisk attachment in the mixer. It can aerate the icing too much and accidentally cause it to be over-mixed. Instead, use the paddle attachment.

    ways to flavor salted vanilla bean royal icing

    There are so many ways to flavor royal icing. Here are some of my favorites:

    *Do not use flavor oils. The fat content will negatively affect the icing.

    • Strawberry royal icing– This tastes like melted strawberry ice cream and only uses powdered freeze dried fruit. Experiment with other freeze dried fruits like blueberries, raspberries, and cherries.
    • Chocolate royal icing– This tastes like a fudgesicle popsicle. It dries with a very soft bite due to the fat in cocoa powder. You could also just make regular icing with a little chocolate extract.
    • Peppermint– Perfect for Christmas, I love the Watkins peppermint extract and this one.
    • Butter– Give your icing a buttery flavor with this naturally flavored extract.
    • Caramel– Watkins caramel extract is delicious in royal icing, and one of my favorites.
    • Maple– Maple extract is a great way to get a concentrated maple flavor and is perfect in royal icing, especially for fall. Watkins is also good.
    • Lemon– Substitute some or all of the water for freshly squeezed lemon juice when making royal icing, depending on your taste. Lemon is such a faint color that it won’t affect the color of your final icing. If you don’t mind a color change, experiment with other citrus juices such as blood orange, orange, or lime. You could also use lemon extract.
    • Mexican vanilla– I love the flavor of this Mexican vanilla. It adds a light marshmallow-y flavor without tasting artificial. I do not substitute my regular vanilla bean paste for this, rather I use this as an additive flavor. This is a great way to make your vanilla icing stand out. A bit of je ne sais quoi.
    • Almond– Add a little almond extract.
    Print

    salted vanilla bean royal icing

    Print Recipe

    • Author: Emily Loggans
    • Yield: 6 cups 1x

    Ingredients

    Scale

    ½ cup + 2 Tbsp water, room temperature

    1 tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ½ tsp regular table salt)

    ⅓ cup meringue powder

    2 lb. powdered sugar

    1–2 teaspoon vanilla bean paste (or extract)

    2–4 tablespoon light corn syrup (I use 85g, which is ¼ cup)

    white gel food coloring, optional

    Instructions

    To the mixing bowl, add the salt, meringue powder, and water. Use a wire whisk to combine, making sure there are no lumps of meringue powder in the bowl. The mixture will be frothy on top with liquid on the bottom, kind of like beer.

    Add the powdered sugar to the bowl all at once. Attach the bowl to the mixer fitted with the paddle attachment and mix on low to combine into a thick, syrupy icing. Add the vanilla, any other flavorings you are adding, corn syrup, and a squeeze of white gel food coloring. Mix again, raising the speed to medium (four on the Kitchen Aid) for three minutes. The icing will be thick, glossy, and fluffy.

    Cover the icing with cling film immediately, touching the surface. You could also cover it with a moist towel draped over the bowl if you’re going to be using it immediately. If you’re making it ahead, store it in an airtight container.

    The consistency of the icing will be a toothpaste/piping/detail consistency. Color it and thin it out as needed for decorating.

    Notes

    • This recipe makes a big batch of royal icing, enough to decorate about 3 dozen cookies. If you have extra icing, you can store it in an airtight container on the counter for a couple weeks, in the fridge for a month, or in the freeze for a few months. If you need less icing and don’t want to make a big batch, the recipe can be easily halved. If you need more, it can be easily doubled, which is what I used to do every week when decorating cookies for clients.
    • Don’t over mix the icing. Over-mixing causes the icing to not dry properly, and it will have a spongy texture that crumbles off the cookie.

      If you have a dehydrator, popping the cookies in there for a few minutes will help the icing dry with more of a shine.

    • If your icing is warm toned, and you want to tone it, add a squeeze of Americolor lilac and mix to combine. You may have seen the tip floating around online about adding purple gel coloring to icing or buttercream to tone it. Sometimes that ends badly with icing turning a lavender color since it’s tricky to add just the right amount of purple, which can be an intense color depending on which coloring you use. I found that Americolor lilac is a very delicate purple and perfect for toning icing and buttercream without turning it purple at all.
    • Please note that corn syrup is NOT high fructose corn syrup and doesn’t even have the same chemical makeup. Corn syrup is pure glucose. If you don’t want to use it, you could use a teaspoon of vegetable glycerin in the icing to aid in softness. (I haven’t tried it myself, but I’ve heard great things.)
    • Don’t use the whisk attachment in the mixer. It can aerate the icing too much and accidentally cause it to be over-mixed. Instead, use the paddle attachment.
    • Use a dehumidifier if your room has a humidity level of 50% or higher. If you notice your royal icing is drying with a matte or sparkly finish, it could be because of the humidity in your room.

    Did you make this recipe?

    Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

    chocolate hazelnut sugar cookies with cocoa royal icing

    January 30, 2025

    Chocolate and hazelnut is a match made in heaven, so why not decorate chocolate hazelnut cut out cookies for Valentine’s Day? They’re delicious with a soft texture and covered in a fudgy cocoa royal icing. They’re even better when paired with my strawberry sugar cookies with strawberry royal icing. Because chocolate and strawberry, also a match made in heaven.

    why you’ll love chocolate hazelnut sugar cookies with cocoa royal icing

    • These chocolate hazelnut sugar cookies are rich and brownie-like, which is kind of a hard texture to achieve in a chocolate roll out dough that doesn’t have a lot of spread!
    • The flavor of the fudgy cocoa royal icing is incredible and paired perfectly with the chocolatey sugar cookies.
    • The dough is easy to make and comes together quickly. If you’re in a pinch, the chill time can be sped up with the freezer!
    Strawberry sugar cookies with strawberry royal icing next to chocolate hazelnut cookies with cocoa royal icing.

    ingredients in chocolate hazelnut sugar cookies with cocoa royal icing

    • unsalted butter– Make sure your butter is room temperature for the best results. If all you have is salted butter, it’s totally fine!
    • granulated sugar– for sweetness and to make a soft texture
    • Diamond Crystal kosher salt– This is the best type of salt for baking and cooking, so I totally recommend grabbing a box here. It will last a while. If all you have is regular table salt, use only half the amount of salt the recipe calls for. In this case, you would use ½ teaspoon of regular table salt rather than 1 teaspoon of Diamond Crystal kosher salt.
    • egg
    • vanilla– I use vanilla bean paste because the flavor is more intense and generally better, but vanilla extract is just fine here.
    • all purpose flour
    • Dutch cocoa powder– Make sure to use Dutch cocoa powder rather than natural cocoa powder. There is a big difference in flavor, and Dutch cocoa is responsible for the intense chocolatey-ness in this cookie.
    • hazelnut flour– This is just ground hazelnuts. I get mine from Nuts.com and it’s incredible. It lasts forever, too.
    • baking powder– for a bit of lift
    • royal icing– get the recipe here

    supplies needed to make chocolate hazelnut sugar cookies with cocoa royal icing

    • scale– to measure the flour, sugar, and strawberries 
    • hand mixer or stand mixer
    • spatula– to scrape the sides of the bowl 
    • fine mesh sieve– Don’t hate me for this, but you’re really going to want to sift the cocoa powder. It just clumps unapologetically.
    • parchment paper– for rolling the dough and baking the cookies
    • rolling pin with a guide for ¼″
    • cookie cutters

    how to make chocolate hazelnut sugar cookies with cocoa royal icing

    To a mixing bowl, add the butter, sugar, and salt. Mix on medium-low speed until the mixture is “creamed”, which means lighter and a bit fluffy. Since this is a roll out dough, you don’t need to mix it for several minutes until it is very fluffy like you would for a cake. Look for a completely combined mixture with no lumps of butter or clumps of sugar.

    Add the egg and vanilla and mix until emulsified. The mixture will be smooth, thick, and a bit shiny. All at once, add the flour, cocoa powder, hazelnut flour, and baking powder. Mix on low until the dry ingredients are nearly combined and there are no dry, floury spots. Be careful not to over mix the dough!

    Drop the dough onto a piece of lightly floured parchment paper. Sprinkle a bit more flour on top of the dough lump before covering it with another piece of parchment paper. Use a ¼″ guided rolling pin to roll out the dough.

    Refrigerate the dough for at least a half an hour to two hours to chill the butter in the dough. This makes it so much more workable and helps prevent spread in the final cookies. If you’d like to work ahead of time, leave the dough (well wrapped) in the fridge for up to three days. If you’re in a rush, freeze the dough for ten to fifteen minutes.

    Once the dough has chilled, and you’re ready to start cutting cookies, preheat the oven to 375 F. Grab your cookie cutters and cut shapes from the dough, dipping the cutters in flour if they are sticking to the dough. Place the cut shapes on a parchment lined baking sheet and pop in the freezer for five minutes before baking. This helps the cookies retain their shape. Don’t skip this!

    Bake the cookies for 6-8 minutes for smaller cookies, and 8-10 minutes for larger cookies. Keep an eye on them, and bake them until the tops are no longer shiny. Don’t over bake them, or they won’t be soft.

    Once they’re done baking, let them cool on the cookie sheet for a few minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely. If you move them too soon when they’re piping hot, they could break easily.

    Re-roll the dough scraps, preferably up to two times. If the dough is very soft after rolling, pop the dough in the freezer for five minutes to chill before cutting cookies again.

    how to make fudgy cocoa royal icing

    You are going to LOVE this fudgy cocoa royal icing. It tastes amazing, like a fudgesicle. Start by making a batch of thick salted vanilla bean royal icing. My recipe makes about 6 cups of icing. Determine how much of it you’d like to turn into chocolate icing, and then follow this basic ratio, and adjusting as needed. Weigh eight ounces (one cup) of icing into a small bowl. To a separate bowl, add 1-2 tablespoon (I do 2 Tbsp, which is the max amount) of Dutch process cocoa powder and a splash of hot water. Mix it into a thick paste, adding hot water as needed. Don’t thin it out too much. It should be very thick. Add it to the bowl of icing and mix it until it is fully combined. Thin the icing out to your desired consistency and use as normal. 

    This icing will have a bit of a gluey, stretchy texture due to the fat in cocoa powder, but it isn’t difficult to use. You may just notice a slight change in texture while piping and the way the icing dries. Feel free to adjust the amount of cocoa powder to your liking based on color and taste.

    To recap, the ratio is one cup of icing to 1-2 tablespoon of Dutch process cocoa powder. I prefer a very rich chocolatey flavor, so I use 2 Tbsp. If you prefer a more light, chocolate milk flavor, then use 1 Tbsp. (Using a lower amount of cocoa powder will help the icing dry better if you’re concerned about that. When using the larger amount of cocoa powder, the icing will dry, but under the surface the icing will still be moist. It’s a great eating texture.)

    how to decorate chocolate hazelnut cookies with cocoa royal icing

    This is such a simple decorating technique, but it is also so effective and pretty. Start by piping an outline with a thicker consistency of royal icing and flooding with a looser consistency of icing. Smooth the icing around the surface of the cookie with a scribe tool, pushing the flood icing to meet the border icing. Using a different color of flood icing, like white vanilla or brown chocolate, pipe dots all around the edge of the cookie. Use your scribe tool to gently poke into icing, pulling the scribe tool through each of the dots. This creates a continuous heart pattern in a really simple way.

    success tips for making chocolate hazelnut sugar cookies with cocoa royal icing

    • ‘Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together before ever starting the recipe will help tremendously.
    • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.
    • Don’t over bake these cookies. They are meant to be on the softer side. Bake them just until the tops are no longer shiny.
    • Don’t skip the chill time. Even a little bit is better than none, and a short time in the freezer is a good way to chill the dough fast. 
    • Buy pre-ground hazelnuts rather than trying to do it yourself with raw hazelnuts. Trust me, it is not worth it.
    • Use Dutch process cocoa powder, not natural cocoa powder. There is a big difference in taste, and the Dutch process cocoa will make these cookies rich and fudgy tasting.
    Print

    chocolate hazelnut sugar cookies with cocoa royal icing

    Print Recipe

    Chocolate and hazelnut is a match made in heaven, so why not decorate chocolate hazelnut cut out cookies for Valentine’s Day? They’re delicious with a fudgy cocoa royal icing.

    • Author: Emily Loggans
    • Yield: about 2 dozen, depending on the size of the cookies 1x

    Ingredients

    Scale

    Chocolate Hazelnut Sugar Cookies

    226g (1 cup) unsalted butter, room temperature

    150g (¾ cup) granulated sugar

    1 tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ½ tsp regular table salt)

    1 whole egg, large

    2 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

    270g (2 ¼ cups) all purpose flour

    46g (½ cup) Dutch cocoa powder

    90g (1 cup) hazelnut flour

    ¼ tsp baking powder

    Fudgy Cocoa Royal Icing

    8 oz. salted vanilla royal icing

    1–2 tablespoon Dutch process cocoa powder

    hot water

    Instructions

    To a mixing bowl, add the butter, sugar, and salt. Mix on medium-low speed until the mixture is “creamed”, which means lighter and a bit fluffy. Since this is a roll out dough, you don’t need to mix it for several minutes until it is very fluffy like you would for a cake. Look for a completely combined mixture with no lumps of butter or clumps of sugar.

    Add the egg and vanilla and mix until emulsified. The mixture will be smooth, thick, and a bit shiny. All at once, add the flour, cocoa powder, hazelnut flour, and baking powder. Mix on low until the dry ingredients are nearly combined and there are no dry, floury spots. Be careful not to over mix the dough!

    Drop the dough onto a piece of lightly floured parchment paper. Sprinkle a bit more flour on top of the dough lump before covering it with another piece of parchment paper. Use a ¼″ guided rolling pin to roll out the dough.

    Refrigerate the dough for at least a half an hour to two hours to chill the butter in the dough. This makes it so much more workable and helps prevent spread in the final cookies. If you’d like to work ahead of time, leave the dough (well wrapped) in the fridge for up to three days. If you’re in a rush, freeze the dough for ten to fifteen minutes.

    Once the dough has chilled, and you’re ready to start cutting cookies, preheat the oven to 375 F. Grab your cookie cutters and cut shapes from the dough, dipping the cutters in flour if they are sticking to the dough. Place the cut shapes on a parchment lined baking sheet and pop in the freezer for five minutes before baking. This helps the cookies retain their shape. Don’t skip this!

    Bake the cookies for 6-8 minutes for smaller cookies, and 8-10 minutes for larger cookies. Keep an eye on them, and bake them until the tops are no longer shiny. Don’t over bake them, or they won’t be soft.

    Once they’re done baking, let them cool on the cookie sheet for a few minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely. If you move them too soon when they’re piping hot, they could break easily.

    Re-roll the dough scraps, preferably up to two times. If the dough is very soft after rolling, pop the dough in the freezer for five minutes to chill before cutting cookies again.

    While the cookies are baking, make the icing. Weigh eight ounces (one cup) of icing into a small bowl. To the bowl, add 1-2 tablespoon of Dutch cocoa powder (using a fine mesh sieve to sift the cocoa powder into the bowl of icing) and a splash of hot water. Mix it together until it is fully combined and the mixture forms a paste. Add it to the bowl of icing and stir to combine. Thin the icing out to your desired consistency and use as usual. 

    Notes

      • ‘Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together before ever starting the recipe will help tremendously.

      • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.

      • Don’t over bake these cookies. They are meant to be on the softer side. Bake them just until the tops are no longer shiny.

      • Don’t skip the chill time. Even a little bit is better than none, and a short time in the freezer is a good way to chill the dough fast. 

      • Buy pre-ground hazelnuts rather than trying to do it yourself with raw hazelnuts. Trust me, it is not worth it.

      • Use Dutch process cocoa powder, not natural cocoa powder. There is a big difference in taste, and the Dutch process cocoa will make these cookies rich and fudgy tasting.

    Did you make this recipe?

    Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

    strawberry cut out sugar cookies with strawberry royal icing

    January 30, 2025

    This soft, strawberry cut out sugar cookie sprinkled with bits of crushed strawberries is perfect for Valentine’s Day cookie decorating. Switch up the flavors by either adding chopped dark chocolate for a chocolate covered strawberries vibe or by adding lemon zest for a strawberry lemonade flavor profile.

    why you’ll love strawberry sugar cookies with strawberry royal icing

    • The dough is extremely easy to mix together and very workable for rolling and cutting. The cut cookies hold their shape and have very minimal spread, so this dough is great for cookie decorating!
    • The dough is only colored by powdered freeze dried strawberries, which have an incredible strawberry flavor. The color does dull after baking, but it is still noticeably pink.
    • You can easily make variations on this basic strawberry dough, such as chocolate covered strawberry, strawberry lemon, and strawberries and cream. (See the variations at the end of this post.)
    • Strawberry royal icing is DELISH and a unique way to decorate cookies. The flavor comes from powdered freeze dried strawberries, and the royal icing tastes very similar to melted strawberry ice cream.

    ingredients in strawberry cut out cookies with strawberry royal icing

    • unsalted butter– Make sure your butter is room temperature for the best results. If all you have is salted butter, it’s totally fine!
    • granulated sugar– for sweetness and to make a soft texture
    • Diamond Crystal kosher salt– This is the best type of salt for baking and cooking, so I totally recommend grabbing a box here. It will last a while. If all you have is regular table salt, use only half the amount of salt the recipe calls for. In this case, you would use ½ teaspoon of regular table salt rather than 1 teaspoon of Diamond Crystal kosher salt.
    • egg
    • vanilla– I use vanilla bean paste because the flavor is more intense and generally better, but vanilla extract is just fine here.
    • lemon zest– If you’re making the strawberry lemon variation, a little lemon zest is all you need.
    • all purpose flour
    • freeze dried strawberries– I use Good & Gather or Trader Joe’s freeze dried strawberries and blend them in a food processor until fine. You could also use a spice or coffee grinder. Nature Restore is a good resource for freeze dried strawberries that have already been finely ground into a powder.
    • dark chocolate– If you’re making the chocolate covered strawberry variation, you would omit the lemon zest and instead add chopped dark chocolate of your choosing. I like to chop up Ghirardelli 60% chocolate chips.
    • baking powder– for a bit of lift
    • royal icing– get the recipe here

    supplies needed to make strawberry cut out cookies with strawberry royal icing

    • scale– to measure the flour, sugar, and strawberries
    • hand mixer or stand mixer
    • spatula– to scrape the sides of the bowl
    • food processor– to grind the strawberries into a powder
    • microplane or zester– to zest the lemon
    • parchment paper– for rolling the dough and baking the cookies
    • rolling pin with a guide for ¼″
    • cookie cutters

    how to make strawberry cut out cookies

    Watch the video on Instagram here.

    Pulverize the freeze dried strawberries to a powder and set aside for now. To a mixing bowl, add the butter, sugar, salt, and lemon zest (if you’re using it). Mix on medium-low speed until the mixture is “creamed”, which means lighter and a bit fluffy. Since this is a roll out dough, you don’t need to mix it for several minutes until it is very fluffy like you would for a cake. Look for a completely combined mixture with no lumps of butter or clumps of sugar.

    Add the egg and vanilla and mix until emulsified. The mixture will be smooth, thick, and a bit shiny. All at once, add the flour, pulverized strawberries, and baking powder. Mix on low until the flour is nearly combined. Add the rest of the strawberries that are still in large pieces and mix until the dough has no dry, floury spots. Be careful not to over mix the dough!

    Drop the dough onto a piece of lightly floured parchment paper. Sprinkle a bit more flour on top of the dough lump before covering it with another piece of parchment paper. Use a ¼″ guided rolling pin to roll out the dough.

    Refrigerate the dough for at least a half an hour to two hours to chill the butter in the dough. This makes it so much more workable and helps prevent spread in the final cookies. If you’d like to work ahead of time, leave the dough (well wrapped) in the fridge for up to three days. If you’re in a rush, freeze the dough for ten to fifteen minutes.

    Once the dough has chilled, and you’re ready to start cutting cookies, preheat the oven to 375 F. Grab your cookie cutters and cut shapes from the dough, dipping the cutters in flour if they are sticking to the dough. Place the cut shapes on a parchment lined baking sheet and pop in the freezer for five minutes before baking. This helps the cookies retain their shape. Don’t skip this!

    Bake the cookies for 6-8 minutes for smaller cookies, and 8-10 minutes for larger cookies. Keep an eye on them, and bake them until the tops are no longer shiny. Don’t over bake them, or they won’t be soft.

    Once they’re done baking, let them cool on the cookie sheet for a few minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely. If you move them too soon when they’re piping hot, they could break easily.

    Re-roll the dough scraps, preferably up to two times. If the dough is very soft after rolling, pop the dough in the freezer for five minutes to chill before cutting cookies again.

    how to make a chocolate covered strawberry sugar cookie variation

    To make a chocolate covered strawberry sugar cookie, omit the lemon zest and add chopped dark chocolate to the dough when adding the final additional of freeze dried strawberries. You can use whatever chocolate you like, but I think dark chocolate is nice contrast to the sweetness of the dough, strawberries, and icing. I like Lindt bars, Trader Joe’s bars, and Ghirardelli 60% chocolate chips. If you’re using chips, still chop them up, because whole chips are too large and cumbersome to deal with when cutting dough with cookie cutters.

    how to make the strawberry royal icing

    You are going to LOVE this strawberry royal icing. It tastes amazing, and very much reminds me of melted strawberry ice cream. Start by making a batch of thick salted vanilla bean royal icing. My recipe makes about 6 cups of icing. Determine how much of it you’d like to turn into strawberry icing, and then follow this basic ratio, and adjusting as needed. Weigh eight ounces (one cup) of icing into a small bowl. To the bowl, add 10g of freeze dried strawberry powder (using a fine mesh sieve to keep the larger crumbs of strawberries out of the icing) and a splash of water. Mix it together until it is fully combined. Thin the icing out to your desired consistency and use as normal.

    This icing will have a bit of a gluey texture, but it isn’t difficult to use. You may just notice a slight change in texture. Feel free to adjust the amount of strawberry powder to your liking based on color and taste.

    These are the strawberries I use, because they come in convenient little 10g pouches.

    To recap, the ratio is one cup of icing to 10g of strawberry powder. If you were to turn the entire batch of icing into strawberry icing, that would be six cups of icing to 60g of strawberry powder. That would be two of these one ounce packages.

    how to decorate strawberry cut out sugar cookies with strawberry royal icing

    This is such a simple decorating technique, but it is also so effective and pretty. Start by piping an outline with a thicker consistency of royal icing and flooding with a looser consistency of icing. Smooth the icing around the surface of the cookie with a scribe tool, pushing the flood icing to meet the border icing. Using a different color of flood icing, like white vanilla or brown chocolate, pipe dots all around the edge of the cookie. Use your scribe tool to gently poke into icing, pulling the scribe tool through each of the dots. This creates a continuous heart pattern in a really simple way.

    success tips for making strawberry sugar cookies with strawberry royal icing

    • ‘Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together beforeever starting the recipe will help tremendously.
    • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.
    • Don’t over bake these cookies. They are meant to be on the softer side. Bake them just until the tops are no longer shiny.
    • Don’t skip the chill time. Even a little bit is better than none, and a short time in the freezer is a good way to chill the dough fast.
    • If you want a very sturdy cookie that doesn’t spread at all, add another 30g (¼ cup) of all purpose flour.
    • If you want even more lemon flavor in the Strawberry Lemon variation, add a teaspoon of lemon extract or paste (NOT oil) to the dough when adding the vanilla. I love this one from Nielsen-Massey.
    Print

    strawberry lemon cut out sugar cookies with strawberry royal icing

    Print Recipe

    5 from 1 review

    This soft, strawberry cut out sugar cookie sprinkled with bits of crushed strawberries is perfect for Valentine’s Day cookie decorating. Switch up the flavors by either adding chopped dark chocolate for a chocolate covered strawberries vibe or by adding lemon zest for a strawberry lemonade flavor profile.

    • Author: Emily Loggans
    • Yield: 2 dozen, depending on the size of the cookies 1x

    Ingredients

    Scale

    Strawberry Lemon Sugar Cookies

    226g (1 cup) unsalted butter, room temperature

    150g (¾ cup) granulated sugar

    1 tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ½ tsp regular table salt)

    1 whole egg, large

    1 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

    lemon zest from one lemon

    300g (2 ½ cups) all purpose flour

    40g freeze dried strawberries, divided (30g pulverized + 10g large pieces)

    ½ tsp baking powder

    Strawberry Royal Icing

    8 oz. salted vanilla royal icing

    10g freeze dried strawberry powder

    water

    Instructions

    Pulverize the freeze dried strawberries to a powder and set aside for now. To a mixing bowl, add the butter, sugar, salt, and lemon zest (if you’re using it). Mix on medium-low speed until the mixture is “creamed”, which means lighter and a bit fluffy. Since this is a roll out dough, you don’t need to mix it for several minutes until it is very fluffy like you would for a cake. Look for a completely combined mixture with no lumps of butter or clumps of sugar.

    Add the egg and vanilla and mix until emulsified. The mixture will be smooth, thick, and a bit shiny. All at once, add the flour, pulverized strawberries, and baking powder. Mix on low until the flour is nearly combined. Add the rest of the strawberries that are still in large pieces and mix until the dough has no dry, floury spots. Be careful not to over mix the dough!

    Drop the dough onto a piece of lightly floured parchment paper. Sprinkle a bit more flour on top of the dough lump before covering it with another piece of parchment paper. Use a ¼″ guided rolling pin to roll out the dough.

    Refrigerate the dough for at least a half an hour to two hours to chill the butter in the dough. This makes it so much more workable and helps prevent spread in the final cookies. If you’d like to work ahead of time, leave the dough (well wrapped) in the fridge for up to three days. If you’re in a rush, freeze the dough for ten to fifteen minutes.

    Once the dough has chilled, and you’re ready to start cutting cookies, preheat the oven to 375 F. Grab your cookie cutters and cut shapes from the dough, dipping the cutters in flour if they are sticking to the dough. Place the cut shapes on a parchment lined baking sheet and pop in the freezer for five minutes before baking. This helps the cookies retain their shape. Don’t skip this!

    Bake the cookies for 6-8 minutes for smaller cookies, and 8-10 minutes for larger cookies. Keep an eye on them, and bake them until the tops are no longer shiny. Don’t over bake them, or they won’t be soft.

    Once they’re done baking, let them cool on the cookie sheet for a few minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely. If you move them too soon when they’re piping hot, they could break easily.

    Re-roll the dough scraps, preferably up to two times. If the dough is very soft after rolling, pop the dough in the freezer for five minutes to chill before cutting cookies again.

    While the cookies are baking, make the icing. Weigh eight ounces (one cup) of icing into a small bowl. To the bowl, add 10g of freeze dried strawberry powder (using a fine mesh sieve to keep the larger crumbs of strawberries out of the icing) and a splash of water. Mix it together until it is fully combined. Thin the icing out to your desired consistency and use as usual. 

    Notes

    • For a chocolate covered strawberry variation, omit the lemon zest. Add 4 ounces of chopped dark chocolate to the dough when mixing in the dry ingredients..
    • For a strawberries and cream variation, omit the lemon zest. Add 4 ounces of chopped white chocolate to the dough when mixing in the dry ingredients.
    • If you want a very sturdy cookie that doesn’t spread at all, add another 30g (¼ cup) of all purpose flour.

      If you want even more lemon flavor in the Strawberry Lemon variation, add a teaspoon of lemon extract or paste (NOT oil) to the dough when adding the vanilla. I love this one from Nielsen-Massey.

    Did you make this recipe?

    Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

    valentine slice and bake sugar cookies

    January 29, 2025

    Pillsbury who? These slice and bake sugar cookies are perfectly soft and sweet with a touch of vanilla.

    why you’ll love valentine slice and bake sugar cookies

    • These are a bit of upfront work, but they are great to keep in the fridge or freezer in the shape of a log ready to slice up whenever you’re ready.
    • They taste amazing and are the perfect soft texture with crispy, crunchy edges from the nonpareil sprinkles.

    ingredients in valentine slice and bake cookies

    • unsalted butter– If all you have is salted butter, it’s absolutely fine. If you are sensitive to salt, remove ¼ teaspoon of salt from the recipe. *You want the butter to be room temperature. If your butter is cold, put it in the microwave for three seconds, flip them, and microwave it again for another three seconds. Keep doing this until the butter is pliable. I keep my butter in the paper for this. Just be careful not to melt them or get them too soft.
    • granulated sugar– For sweetness and to help achieve a soft texture with crisp edges.
    • Diamond Crystal kosher salt–  I highly recommend grabbing a box of this salt here. It is the best salt for cooking and baking. However, if all you have is table salt, divide the salt in the recipe by half. (For this recipe, you would use ½ teaspoon of regular table salt rather than 1 teaspoon of Diamond Crystal kosher salt.)
    • vanilla bean paste– You can absolutely use vanilla extract if that’s all you have, but the flavor of vanilla bean paste is incredible and adds a bigger punch of vanilla than regular extract. Not to mention the added bonus of pretty speckles of vanilla bean caviar. I use vanilla from here and here and here.
    • almond extract– I know this is a polarizing ingredient, but I love it so much. If you love it too, add some to your cookies. If you hate it, leave it out.
    • egg– for a soft, tender texture
    • all purpose flour– I use King Arthur
    • cornstarch– to make our cookies even more tender
    • baking powder– for a bit of lift
    • gel food coloring or natural food coloring– to color the center core of the cookies (I used Americolor gel food coloring.)
    • white nonpareil sprinkles

    supplies needed to make valentine slice and bake sugar cookies

    • stand mixer or hand mixer
    • mixing bowl (if you’re using a hand mixer)
    • spatula- for scraping down the bowl
    • scale (trust me, it will make everything easier)
    • parchment paper– for baking and rolling the cookies
    • baking sheets, two
    • large knife, like a chef’s knife– to slice the cookies
    • tiny heart cookie cutter

    how to make valentine slice and bake cookies

    These slice and bake sugar cookies are perfectly soft and sweet with a touch of vanilla. They are an easy to make sugar cookie dough that is divided to make a colored and shaped core inside a log of dough. Once cut, the shape inside is revealed. You can use natural food coloring for this if you’d prefer, but make sure you use a thick gel coloring rather than a liquid food coloring.

    Start by creaming together the butter, sugar, and salt in a mixing bowl. Add the egg, vanilla extract, and almond extract and mix until emulsified.

    Add the flour, cornstarch, and baking powder and mix just until combined and there are no clumps of flour or butter.

    If you have a scale, weigh the dough. Mine weighed 650g. Divide the weight of your dough by three, and put one third of your dough back into the mixer. (I put 217g of dough back into the mixer.) Set aside the two thirds weight of dough.

    Add a couple drops of pink or red gel food coloring to the dough in the mixer and mix on low until combined. You may need to gently knead the dough by hand or with a spatula to evenly distribute the color while not over mixing the dough and causing it to become tough.

    Drop your now pink dough onto a lightly floured sheet of parchment paper. Lightly flour the top of the pink dough and cover with another sheet of parchment paper. Roll into a thick, even layer of dough, about ⅜″ or ½″ thickness. It really helps to have a guided rolling pin. Freeze the sheet of pink dough for five minutes.

    Use a tiny heart cookie cutter to cut out several hearts from the dough. Re-roll the scraps and cut again until there is no dough left. If the dough is too sticky, freeze for five minutes before cutting hearts again.

    (Don’t worry if your hearts get a bit misshapen. It’s going to happen because we are not chilling the dough. When we press them all together, they’ll be fine.)

    Stack all of the hearts together, making sure to line them up properly. Use your fingers to gently press and smooth the sides of the heart “log” to shape them and adhere them together.

    Watch this video for a quick look at how to stack the hearts to make a log. You can see that this is a sticky dough. It is fine if the hearts are not perfectly shaped.

    Roll a snake of plain dough and press it into the divot of the heart log. Continue adding flat pieces of plain dough all around the heart log until it is evenly covered.

    This video shows how I smoothed my heart log together and added the plain dough all around the heart core.

    Roll the log to smooth it. Place the log onto a piece of parchment paper the long way and wrap the paper around once to meet the parchment. Gently squeeze the dough. log from the center out to carefully stretch and lengthen it. Once it is about 10″-11″, roll it until it is smooth. The log will end up being about 12″. It is okay if your log is a bit thinner or thicker.

    Here’s how I smooth and stretch my dough. Using a bench scraper to smooth the dough into a perfect cylinder is a great trick I learned from Claire Saffitz.

    Wrap the log in parchment paper and then wrap it again in plastic wrap so it is secure. Refrigerate for at least two hours or overnight. You could also freeze it for up to three months.

    Once the dough log has chilled, roll the log in white nonpareil sprinkles to coat.

    Evenly slice the log of dough in ½″ slices. (This may seem thick, but they spread in the oven, which thins them out significantly.)

    Bake the cookies at 350 F for 9-11 minutes or until the top of the cookie is no longer shiny. Do not over bake or they will not be soft. If you like a crispy, crunchy cookie, slice them at ¼″ and bake until they start to get golden brown at the bottom edge.

    Cool the cookies on the pan for a few minutes before transferring to a wire rack to cool completely. This recipe will make about 20-24 cookies if you cut at ½″, depending on how long you roll your log.

    This cookie used a natural food coloring, Chefmaster Natural Pink, so the color is much more muted than the others in this post, which used Americolor gel color in Fuchsia. If you use Chefmaster Natural coloring, I would recommend using Chefmaster Natural Red for a darker pink.

    success tips for making valentine slice and bake cookies

    • I used Americolor fuchsia and Chefmaster Natural Pink in my testing. If you use natural food coloring, I would recommend using Natural Red because it would show up a bit darker.
    • Color the center dough with pulverized freeze dried fruit dust like freeze dried raspberries or freeze dried strawberries. Start with a tablespoon and adjust from there.
    • These taste amazing and can be made without a colored/shaped core. Just keep it simple and roll the plain logs in whatever sugar you like!
    • Make sure to cut the cookies at ½″. Use a ruler as a guide. It might seem thick, but they thin out and spread a bit in the oven. They are a soft textured cookie, so the thickness helps achieve that.
    • Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together before ever starting the recipe will help tremendously.
    • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.

    watch how to make __

    Print

    valentine slice and bake sugar cookies

    Print Recipe

    These slice and bake sugar cookies are perfectly soft and sweet with a touch of vanilla. They are an easy to make sugar cookie dough that is divided to make a colored and shaped core inside a log of dough. Once cut, the shape inside is revealed. You can use natural food coloring for this if you’d prefer, or even powdered freeze dried fruit.

    • Author: Emily Loggans

    Ingredients

    Scale

    170g (¾ cup) unsalted butter, room temperature

    150g (¾ cup) granulated sugar

    1 tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ½ tsp regular table salt)

    2 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

    ½ tsp to 1 teaspoon almond extract, optional

    1 egg

    240g (2 cups) all purpose flour

    20g (2 tbsp cornstarch)

    ½ tsp baking powder

    gel food coloring of choice

    white nonpareils

    egg white

    Instructions

    Start by creaming together the butter, sugar, and salt in a mixing bowl. Add the egg, vanilla extract, and almond extract and mix until emulsified.

    Add the flour, cornstarch, and baking powder and mix just until combined and there are no clumps of flour or butter.

    If you have a scale, weigh the dough. Mine weighed 650g. Divide the weight of your dough by three, and put one third of your dough back into the mixer. (I put 217g of dough back into the mixer.) Set aside the two thirds weight of dough.

    Add a couple drops of pink or red gel food coloring to the dough in the mixer and mix on low until combined. You may need to gently knead the dough by hand or with a spatula to evenly distribute the color while not over mixing the dough and causing it to become tough.

    Drop your now pink dough onto a lightly floured sheet of parchment paper. Lightly flour the top of the pink dough and cover with another sheet of parchment paper. Roll into a thick, even layer of dough, about ⅜″ or ½″ thickness. It really helps to have a guided rolling pin. Freeze the sheet of pink dough for five minutes.

    Use a tiny heart cookie cutter to cut out several hearts from the dough. Re-roll the scraps and cut again until there is no dough left. If the dough is too sticky, freeze for five minutes before cutting hearts again.

    (Don’t worry if your hearts get a bit misshapen. It’s going to happen because we are not chilling the dough. When we press them all together, they’ll be fine.)

    Stack all of the hearts together, making sure to line them up properly. Use your fingers to gently press and smooth the sides of the heart “log” to shape them and adhere them together.

    Roll a snake of plain dough and press it into the divot of the heart log. Continue adding flat pieces of plain dough all around the heart log until it is evenly covered.

    Roll the log to smooth it. Place the log onto a piece of parchment paper the long way and wrap the paper around once to meet the parchment. Gently squeeze the dough. log from the center out to carefully stretch and lengthen it. Once it is about 10″-11″, roll it until it is smooth. The log will end up being about 12″. It is okay if your log is a bit thinner or thicker.

    Wrap the log in parchment paper and then wrap it again in plastic wrap so it is secure. Refrigerate for at least two hours or overnight. You could also freeze it for up to three months.

    Once the dough log has chilled, remove it from the wrapping and lightly brush it with an egg white. Roll the log in white nonpareil sprinkles to coat.

    Evenly slice the log of dough in ½″ slices. (This may seem thick, but they spread in the oven, which thins them out significantly.)

    Bake the cookies at 350 F for 9-11 minutes or until the top of the cookie is no longer shiny. Do not over bake or they will not be soft. If you like a crispy, crunchy cookie, slice them at ¼″ and bake until they start to get golden brown at the bottom edge.

    Cool the cookies on the pan for a few minutes before transferring to a wire rack to cool completely. This recipe will make about 20-24 cookies if you cut at ½″, depending on how long you roll your log.

    Did you make this recipe?

    Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

    blood orange stamped shortbread cookies

    January 28, 2025

    These stamped, buttery shortbread cookies are deliciously crisp and covered in a vanilla blood orange glaze which gives them an upscale creamsicle vibe, and who doesn’t want that?

    why you’ll love stamped blood orange shortbread cookies

    • The texture is unreal. I have tried making a shortbread cookie with this texture so many times. RIP to the butter. The texture of this shortbread cookie is perfect- crisp, crunchy and airy inside rather than dense.
    • Who doesn’t love creamsicle flavor? This cookie’s blood orange vanilla bean glaze is an upscale version with fresh-squeezed blood orange juice, zest, vanilla bean paste, and a good pinch of salt.
    • They are just so pretty, let’s be real. That color is all natural.
    • They are easy (even the stamping, I promise).

    ingredients in blood orange stamped shortbread cookies

    the cookie dough

    • unsalted butter– If all you have is salted butter, it’s absolutely fine. If you are sensitive to salt, remove ¼ teaspoon of salt from the recipe. *You want the butter to be room temperature. If your butter is cold, put it in the microwave for three seconds, flip them, and microwave it again for another three seconds. Keep doing this until the butter is pliable. I keep my butter in the paper for this. Just be careful not to melt them or get them too soft.
    • sugar– This cookie uses granulated sugar. I tested it with powdered sugar, as many shortbread recipes use powdered sugar, but the texture was not right. Granulated sugar gives the dough more lightness because the granular texture of sugar cuts into the butter in the creaming process, aerating the butter a bit. Powdered sugar made these cookies more dense and doughy rather than airy and crisp.
    • Diamond Crystal kosher salt– I highly recommend grabbing a box of this salt here. It is the best salt for cooking and baking. However, if all you have is table salt, divide the salt in the recipe by half. (For this recipe, you would use ½ teaspoon of regular table salt rather than 1 teaspoon of Diamond Crystal kosher salt.)
    • blood orange zest– This is technically optional, but it adds a bit of orange flavor and pretty bits of orange throughout the dough.
    • vanilla bean paste– You can absolutely use vanilla extract if that’s all you have, but the flavor of vanilla bean paste is incredible and adds a bigger punch of vanilla than regular extract. Not to mention the added bonus of pretty speckles of vanilla bean caviar. I use vanilla from here and here and here..
    • flour– This dough uses regular all purpose flour. I use King Arthur.

    the glaze

    • powdered sugar– the sweetness and bulk of the glaze
    • unsalted butter- Melted, but don’t overheat the butter. Just melt it slightly and stir it until it’s melted through. *Salted butter is fine.
    • orange juice– fresh squeezed blood orange juice
    • vanilla bean paste– extract is fine, but the flavor of vanilla bean paste is even better here
    • zest– adding some orange zest to the glaze adds a bit of texture and pops of orange color
    • Diamond Crystal kosher salt– salt is important for the balance of flavors (if you use regular table salt, divide the amount by half- that would be ⅛ teaspoon of regular table salt rather than the ¼ teaspoon of Diamond Crystal kosher salt)

    supplies needed to make blood orange stamped shortbread cookies

    • stand mixer or hand mixer
    • mixing bowl (if you’re using a hand mixer)
    • spatula- for scraping down the bowl
    • scale (trust me, it will make everything easier)
    • microplane or zester- for zesting the orange
    • citrus juicer of some sort
    • fine mesh sieve or sifter- to sift the powdered sugar for the glaze (it turns out this is not optional unless you’re fine with little lumps of powdered sugar in your glaze)
    • parchment paper– for rolling the dough and baking on
    • rolling pin and guides set to ⅙″ or ¼″ (I did ⅙″)
    • baking sheets, two
    • stamps from Nordic Ware (mine was from this set, but you can use whatever you like)
    • 2 ½″ circle cookie cutter
    • an offset spatula- to help lift the cookies from the parchment once they’ve been cut (it made the process so much easier!)

    how to make blood orange stamped shortbread cookies

    These stamped, buttery shortbread cookies are deliciously crisp and covered in a vanilla blood orange glaze (which gives them an upscale creamsicle vibe). They are not difficult to make, despite the fact that they are stamped, which has caused me many a headache in the past.

    *Always prepare the ingredients and supplies before beginning to make a recipe.

    make the dough

    To a mixing bowl, add the room temperature butter, salt, granulated sugar, and the orange zest. Mix on medium-low speed to cream the mixture. It should be lightened and completely mixed with no lumps of butter. You don’t need to cream it to be light and fluffy like you would if you were making a cake.

    Add the vanilla and mix just until combined. Add the flour all at once and mix until combined. Scrape down the sides to make sure there are no lumps of flour or bits of butter.

    Drop dough onto a lightly floured piece of parchment paper. Gently press the dough into a thick rectangle, smoothing the sides of the dough. Sprinkle flour on the dough and place a second piece of parchment paper on top. Roll out the dough with a rolling pin fitted with guides set to ¼″ or ⅙″. Stamps tend to work better with dough rolled to ¼″, but I prefer the texture of a ⅙″ rolled cookie. I found that wiggling while pressing the stamp into the dough and stamping room temperature dough solved the problem of using the thinner rolled dough.

    Once the dough has been rolled, immediately peel off the top layer of parchment. If there is any visible stickiness, sprinkle some flour over the surface and gently brush it off with your hand. If the dough is extremely flexible and sticky, pop it in the fridge for a half an hour. (It shouldn’t need fridge time at this stage, though.)

    Dip your cookie stamp into flour before pressing into the surface of the dough. Press firmly and wiggle the base of the stamp into the dough to make sure that the entire surface of the stamp is in contact with the dough inside the stamp.

    Don’t be alarmed, but the first stamp is sometimes a dud. If you find that the first stamped cookie gets stuck in the stamp, simply remove the dough and set it to the side for when it’s time to re-roll the dough. To remove the dough, use a cocktail pick, toothpick, or a cake tester. Dip the stamp in flour, making sure that flour is evenly coating the stamp with no bare areas and no large clumps of flour. Stamp again, continuing through the entire sheet of dough until there is no more open space. Dip the stamp in flour before stamping each time.

    Use a 2 ½″ round cookie cutter to cut the stamped shapes from the dough. Use an offset spatula to gently pick them up from the parchment and transfer them to a parchment lined baking sheet. (Make sure you line your pan with the parchment paper you peeled off the top of the dough rather than getting a new piece.)

    Re-roll your dough another time or two. This recipe makes around two dozen cookies, give or take depending on how thick you roll your dough. I got about thirty cookies rolled at ⅙″ with re-rolling a couple of times.

    Freeze the sheet of cookies for five minutes before baking, just to help them retain their shape. Bake at 350 F for 15-17 minutes for a crisp texture with golden brown bottoms. (The best flavor comes from a golden brown bottom!) Allow the cookies to cool slightly on the pan for a couple of minutes before transferring to a wire rack to cool completely.

    make the glaze

    This glaze is so delicious and very easy to mix up with just a wire whisk. Sift the powdered sugar into a small bowl and add the rest of the ingredients. *I like to keep the pulp in the juice so there are bits of red throughout the glaze. Stir it together, and you’re done!

    Use a pastry brush to brush the glaze over the cookies. I like to double glaze them with the leftover glaze to make the glaze a bit thicker on the cookie.

    success tips for making blood orange stamped shortbread cookies

    • Don’t chill your rolled dough before stamping! It is much easier to stamp a softer, room temperature dough. If the cookies are a bit stuck to the parchment, and even the offset spatula isn’t helping lift them, chill the entire sheet of stamped dough for fifteen-thirty minutes in the fridge or five-ten minutes in the freezer. Remove from the fridge/freezer and try again with the offset spatula.
    • Freeze the cut cookies for five minutes before baking to help them retain their shape.
    • If your glaze is too runny, add a bit more powdered sugar or pop it in the fridge for a little while. I like to double glaze my cookies so the icing is a bit thicker on the cookies.
    • Zest an orange over the freshly glazed cookies so there is some orange zest sitting on top of the glaze.
    • Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together before ever starting the recipe will help tremendously.
    • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.
    Print

    blood orange stamped shortbread cookies

    Print Recipe

    These stamped, buttery shortbread cookies are deliciously crisp and covered in a vanilla blood orange glaze (which gives them an upscale creamsicle vibe).

    • Author: Emily Loggans

    Ingredients

    Scale

    The Cookies

    226g (1 cup) unsalted butter

    1 tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt

    100g (½ cup) granulated sugar

    zest from one blood orange, optional

    1 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

    270g (2 ¼ cup) all purpose flour

    The Glaze

    120g (1 cup) powdered sugar

    14g (1 Tbsp) unsalted butter, melted and cooled

    1–2 tablespoon fresh squeezed blood orange juice

    1 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

    zest of one blood orange

    ¼ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ⅛ tsp regular table salt)

    Instructions

    Preheat the oven to 350 F.

    To a mixing bowl, add the room temperature butter, salt, granulated sugar, and the orange zest. Mix on medium-low speed to cream the mixture. It should be lightened and completely mixed with no lumps of butter. You don’t need to cream it to be light and fluffy like you would if you were making a cake.

    Add the vanilla and mix just until combined. Add the flour all at once and mix until combined. Scrape down the sides to make sure there are no lumps of flour or bits of butter.

    Drop dough onto a lightly floured piece of parchment paper. Gently press the dough into a thick rectangle, smoothing the sides of the dough. Sprinkle flour on the dough and place a second piece of parchment paper on top. Roll out the dough with a rolling pin fitted with guides set to ¼″ or ⅙″. Stamps tend to work better with dough rolled to ¼″, but I prefer the texture of a ⅙″ rolled cookie. I found that wiggling while pressing the stamp into the dough and stamping room temperature dough solved the problem of using the thinner rolled dough.

    Once the dough has been rolled, immediately peel off the top layer of parchment. If there is any visible stickiness, sprinkle some flour over the surface and gently brush it off with your hand. If the dough is extremely flexible and sticky, pop it in the fridge for a half an hour. (It shouldn’t need fridge time at this stage, though.)

    Dip your cookie stamp into flour before pressing into the surface of the dough. Press firmly and wiggle the base of the stamp into the dough to make sure that the entire surface of the stamp is in contact with the dough inside the stamp.

    Don’t be alarmed, but the first stamp is sometimes a dud. If you find that the first stamped cookie gets stuck in the stamp, simply remove the dough and set it to the side for when it’s time to re-roll the dough. To remove the dough, use a cocktail pick, toothpick, or a cake tester. Dip the stamp in flour, making sure that flour is evenly coating the stamp with no bare areas and no large clumps of flour. Stamp again, continuing through the entire sheet of dough until there is no more open space. Dip the stamp in flour before stamping each time.

    Use a 2 ½″ round cookie cutter to cut the stamped shapes from the dough. Use an offset spatula to gently pick them up from the parchment and transfer them to a parchment lined baking sheet. (Make sure you line your pan with the parchment paper you peeled off the top of the dough rather than getting a new piece.)

    Re-roll your dough another time or two. This recipe makes around two dozen cookies, give or take depending on how thick you roll your dough. I got about thirty cookies rolled at ⅙″ with re-rolling a couple of times.

    Freeze the sheet of cookies for five minutes before baking, just to help them retain their shape. Bake for 15-17 minutes for a crisp texture with golden brown bottoms. (The best flavor comes from a golden brown bottom!) Allow the cookies to cool slightly on the pan for a couple of minutes before transferring to a wire rack to cool completely.

    While the cookies are baking, make the glaze. Sift the powdered sugar into a small bowl and add the rest of the ingredients. I like to keep the pulp in the juice so there are bits of red throughout the glaze. Stir it together until it is smooth and the powdered sugar is completely mixed in.

    Use a pastry brush to brush the glaze over the cookies. I like to double glaze them with the leftover glaze to make the glaze a bit thicker on the cookie.

    Allow the glaze to set before storing in an airtight container.

    Did you make this recipe?

    Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

    homemade marshmallows

    January 21, 2025

    vanilla bean marshmallows

    Homemade marshmallows are much better than store-bought and so easy to make. You will not see marshmallows the same way after trying these.

    why you’ll love homemade marshmallows

    • Homemade marshmallows are MUCH tastier than store-bought marshmallows. They are fluffy and full of vanilla flavor.
    • They are very simple to make and come together quickly.
    • There are infinite ways to flavor homemade marshmallows, so you can always have a different marshmallow!

    ingredients in homemade marshmallows

    • gelatin– I use powdered gelatin. The most common form is this little packet, but you can also buy large containers of gelatin.
    • water– to dissolve the gelatin and to make the sugar syrup
    • granulated sugar– to make the sugar syrup
    • corn syrup– to make the sugar syrup (it helps prevent crystallization and is NOT the same as high fructose corn syrup, as corn syrup sold in the store is pure glucose)
    • salt– I use Diamond Crystal kosher salt (it’s the best), but if you don’t have that, use half the amount of regular table salt.
    • vanilla bean paste– for flavor; you could alternatively use vanilla extract or any extract you’d prefer
    • powdered sugar– to dust the marshmallows when they’re done so they don’t stick to each other
    • cornstarch– to dust the marshmallows when they’re done so they don’t stick to each other

    supplies needed to make homemade marshmallows

    • 8″x8″ or 9″x9″ square pan– using a smaller pan will yield fewer, larger marshmallows, while the larger pan will yield more, smaller marshmallows
    • parchment paper– to line the pan and make the marshmallows much easier to remove
    • stand mixer– a stand mixer will make this much easier, but I suppose you could use a hand mixer
    • instant read thermometer or candy thermometer– you will need to know the temperature of the sugar syrup
    • saucepan– to cook the sugar syrup
    • scale– to weigh the ingredients

    It’s getting to be s’mores season, so keep this recipe on hand so you can make the best homemade marshmallows for your bonfires. These are also incredible in hot cocoa. (I would know. Last December, I had cocoa with my peppermint marshmallows nearly every day. I was nine months pregnant at the time, but still. So delicious.)

    how to make homemade marshmallows

    Prepare your pan by lightly greasing it with some butter or oil. Make a parchment paper sling by placing two pieces of parchment over each other in opposite directions with some overhang (my parchment was too short for an overhang). Parchment paper will make it much easier to remove the marshmallows from the pan. Sprinkle a layer of “dust” (powered sugar and cornstarch) all over the parchment paper and pan so that there are no exposed areas. Set the pan aside.

    In a small bowl, combine the gelatin powder and ½ cup of cold water. Set aside.

    In a medium sized saucepan, combine the granulated sugar, corn syrup, ½ cup of water, and the salt. Bring to the stovetop and stir gently to moisten the sugar entirely. Cook until the temperature reaches 238 F to 240 F, without stirring.

    To the bowl of a stand mixer with a whisk attachment, add the puck of gelatin. Slowly stream in the sugar syrup while mixing on low speed. Once all the sugar syrup has been added, raise the speed of the mixer to medium speed and continue mixing until light, fluffy, and thick. (About ten minutes.) Add the vanilla bean paste and mix until combined.

    The mixture should not run or pour too easily. It should be thick enough to track lines in the bowl and not flow easily when the whisk is lifted. Be careful not to over mix the fluff into a too thick mixture that is all gathered in the whisk or “stringing”.

    If you want to make a colored, marbling effect, add a small drop or two of gel food coloring to the whipped marshmallow and gently stir a few times with a spatula. As you pour the marshmallow into the pan, the marbling will appear.

    Pour the marshmallow fluff into the pan and spread it into place as best you can. Sprinkle the “dust” all over the surface and allow it to set for a few hours. Cover the top of the pan with a dish towel to prevent the marshmallow from drying out.

    Once the marshmallows are dried and ready to cut (to test them out, give them a poke to check- they’ll be bouncy and not squishy or sticky), remove them from the pan and place on a “dust” covered surface.

    Lightly grease a large knife and cover the blade with the “dust” to prevent sticking. Slice the marshmallow square into even strips. On the cut sides, sprinkle with the “dust”. Cut each strip again in the other direction, creating little squares. On the cut sides, sprinkle with the “dust”.

    Toss the pile of marshmallows with more of the “dust” to ensure that all the sticky edges are covered. Store them in an airtight container for about three weeks (if they last that long!).

    Depending on how many strips you cut, you can get about 72-81 marshmallows in a 9″x9″ pan.

    success tips for making homemade marshmallows

    • Use a thermometer to take the temperature of your sugar. Don’t eyeball it, because you won’t be able to know. The temperature of the sugar syrup needs to be at 238 F to 240 F.
    • Use the dust liberally.
    • Don’t let the marshmallows sit out for too long, or they can develop a crust. In my photos, you can see a bit of crustiness. That’s what happens when you wait too long to cut them. It’s not really a problem, other than aesthetics.
    • If you under whip your marshmallows, they will take longer to set. If you whip them long enough, they will not take as long to set.
    • If you’re curious, the bovine gelatin from Perfect Supplements makes a much better marshmallow than the Knox gelatin, just saying.

    making s’mores with homemade marshmallows

    These homemade marshmallows work incredibly well for s’mores because they melt very easily with heat. The texture of a melted homemade marshmallow is so creamy and light. Add a char around the outside from flame? Insane.

    FAQs

    • Why does my marshmallow smell insanely bad when I first pour the syrup into the mixture with the gelatin? Gelatin has a smell, and it is normal for it to smell bad. I promise the smell will go away in the final product. In my experience, high quality bovine gelatin smells much better than the cheaper Knox gelatin.
    • Can I flavor my marshmallows? There are many ways to flavor marshmallows, the simplest being with extracts. I love Watkins extracts, and I’ve flavored my marshmallows with caramel and peppermint extracts. Use about ½ teaspoon to 1 teaspoon of extract. Although I haven’t tried it yet, you can also flavor marshmallows with freeze dried fruit, fruit purees, caramel, or cocoa powder.
    • Do homemade marshmallows melt well? They melt incredibly well and are the most smooth and creamy melted marshmallows I’ve ever used.
    • What can I do with my marshmallows? Make s’mores, put them in cups of cocoa, or dip them in fondue.
    Print

    homemade marshmallows

    vanilla bean marshmallows
    Print Recipe

    Homemade marshmallows are much better than store-bought and so easy to make. You will not see marshmallows the same way after trying these.

    • Author: Emily Loggans

    Ingredients

    Scale

    The Marshmallow

    21g unflavored gelatin (3 Knox envelopes)

    ½ cup cold water

    300g (1 ½ cups) granulated sugar

    320g (1 cup) corn syrup

    ½ cup water

    ½ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ¼ tsp regular table salt)

    1 tbsp vanilla bean paste

    The Dust

    60g (½ cup) powdered sugar

    40g (¼ cup) cornstarch

    Instructions

    Prepare a 8”x8” or 9”x9” pan by lightly greasing it with some butter or oil. Make a parchment paper sling by placing two pieces of parchment paper over each other in opposite directions. Sprinkle a layer of powdered sugar “dust” over the parchment and sides of the pan. Set the pan aside.

    In a small bowl, combine the gelatin and ½ cup of cold water. Set aside.

    In a medium sized saucepan, combine the granulated sugar, corn syrup, ½ cup water, and the salt. Bring to the stovetop and stir gently to moisten the sugar entirely. Cook without stirring until the temperature reaches 238 F to 240 F.

    To the bowl of a stand mixer with a whisk attachment, add the gelatin puck. Slowly stream in the sugar syrup while mixing on low speed. Once all the sugar syrup has been added, raise the speed of the mixer to medium speed and continue mixing until light, fluffy, and thick. (About ten minutes.) Add the vanilla bean paste and mix until combined.

    Pour the marshmallow fluff into the pan and spread it into place. 

    In a bowl, combine the powdered sugar and cornstarch.

    Using a fine mesh sieve, sprinkle the powdered sugar “dust” all over the surface and allow it to set for a few hours. Cover the top of the pan with a dish towel to prevent the marshmallow from drying out.

    Once the marshmallows are set, remove them from the pan and place onto a surface dusted with the powdered sugar mixture. Using a large greased knife, cut the marshmallow square into even strips. Cut each strip into even squares, dusting the cut edges as you go to prevent sticking. 

    Store the marshmallows in an airtight container for up to three weeks.

    Notes

    • Why does my marshmallow smell insanely bad when I first pour the syrup into the mixture with the gelatin? Gelatin has a smell, and it is normal for it to smell bad. I promise the smell will go away in the final product. In my experience, high quality bovine gelatin smells much better than the cheaper Knox gelatin.
    • Can I flavor my marshmallows? There are many ways to flavor marshmallows, the simplest being with extracts. I love Watkins extracts, and I’ve flavored my marshmallows with caramel and peppermint extracts. Use about ½ teaspoon to 1 teaspoon of extract. Although I haven’t tried it yet, you can also flavor marshmallows with freeze dried fruit, fruit purees, caramel, or cocoa powder.
    • Do homemade marshmallows melt well? They melt incredibly well and are the most smooth and creamy melted marshmallows I’ve ever used.
    • What can I do with my marshmallows? Make s’mores, put them in cups of cocoa, or dip them in fondue.

    Did you make this recipe?

    Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

    mini pavlovas with vanilla bean chantilly & lemony, vanilla infused blackberry compote

    January 21, 2025

    mini, individual pavlova with chantilly whipped cream and a lemony, vanilla infused blackberry compote

    These individual pavlovas are a perfect dessert with a light, vanilla bean chantilly (sweetened whipped cream with a fancy name) and topped with a bright, lemony vanilla-infused blackberry compote.

    why you’ll love pavlovas with vanilla bean chantilly & blackberry compote

    • They are a perfect way to use up some egg whites after making lemon bar cookies.
    • They are refreshing and light with the perfect balance of textures: crunchy, chewy, fluffy, and saucy.
    • The chantilly cream is incredibly easy to make, as it is nothing more than whipped heavy cream with some sugar, salt, and vanilla.
    • The blackberry compote is infused with lemon zest and vanilla bean, giving it a lovely depth of flavor. To keep things simple (and cheaper), all the vanilla flavor is coming from vanilla bean paste rather than whole vanilla bean pods.

    ingredients in mini pavlovas with vanilla bean chantilly & lemony, vanilla infused blackberry compote

    the pavlova

    • egg whites– make up the base of the meringue
    • granulated sugar– to stabilize and sweeten the meringue
    • salt– for flavor and a better whip on the meringue; I use Diamond Crystal kosher salt. If you don’t have that, use half the amount of table salt.
    • cream of tartar– to help stabilize the meringue
    • cornstarch– to aid in a fluffy texture inside the pavlova
    • white vinegar– adding an acid helps to stabilize and add structure to the meringue so the pavlovas *hopefully* don’t collapse
    • vanilla bean paste– for flavor

    the chantilly whipped cream

    • heavy whipping cream
    • powdered sugar– to sweeten the whipped cream; powdered sugar is better here than granulated sugar for two reasons: 1) powdered sugar dissolves much more quickly than granulated sugar and 2) the cornstarch in powdered sugar helps stabilize the whipped cream
    • salt– for flavor; I use Diamond Crystal kosher salt. If you don’t have that, use half the amount of table salt.
    • vanilla bean paste– for flavor

    the blackberry compote

    • blackberries– obviously
    • granulated sugar– for sweetness and texture
    • lemon zest– for flavor and brightness
    • lemon juice– for flavor and brightness
    • salt– for flavor; I use Diamond Crystal kosher salt. If you don’t have that, use half the amount of table salt.
    • vanilla bean paste– for flavor

    supplies needed

    • stand mixer (preferred) or hand mixer– You really don’t want to be making the meringue with a wire whisk. The chantilly can be made with a wire whisk, but even that will be a workout.
    • scale– trust me on this; it will make your life so much easier
    • measuring spoons
    • baking sheet
    • parchment paper– I love pre-cut parchment paper from Kana Lifestyle
    • piping bags– I use these for my royal icing decorating, so they are what I have on hand and use for bakes like these.
    • Wilton 6B piping tip– optional, although pretty
    • large cookie scoop (like a #12)- optional, but makes it easier to scoop the meringue onto the baking sheet; you could alternatively use a big spoon
    • offset spatula– optional; you could alternatively use a silicone spatula or a spoon to shape the pavlovas
    • microplane/zester– for the lemon zest
    • juicer– for the lemon juice; I just use a simple and inexpensive citrus juicer
    • saucepan– to cook the compote

    how to make mini pavlovas with vanilla bean chantilly & lemony, vanilla infused blackberry compote

    These individual pavlovas are a perfect dessert with a light, vanilla bean chantilly (sweetened whipped cream with a fancy name) and topped with a bright, lemon infused blackberry compote. They are not complicated to make, and make a fantastic, somewhat fancy dessert. There are three components: the pavlovas, the whipped cream (i.e., chantilly), and the blackberry compote.

    make the pavlovas first

    These mini, individual pavlovas are made from a French meringue that is either piped or shaped to resemble little bowls and then baked until crispy on the outside and marshmallowy/chewy on the inside.

    Start out by making your French meringue in the bowl of a stand mixer- weigh your egg whites and add the cream of tartar and salt. Whip on medium-low speed until the egg whites are foamy. Slowly add the granulated sugar to the meringue until it is thick and glossy. I add the sugar in about one tablespoon increments every 30 seconds to a minute. No need to time this; it’s not an exact science. Just make sure to not have a bunch of sugar not incorporated when the meringue is nearly done. That will cause a grainy meringue since the sugar won’t have time to dissolve.

    Once the meringue has reached a stiff peak and is thick and glossy, take the bowl off the stand mixer and gently fold in the cornstarch, vinegar, and vanilla bean paste.

    Once the meringue is ready to go, scoop mounds of meringue onto a parchment lined baking sheet and gently shape them how you’d like. There are so many ways to shape them, but for these, I decided to go a very simple route. I scooped my meringue with a very large cookie scoop in large dollops a couple inches apart, making about 10-12 (I always get 10) little pavlovas. Using an offset spatula, I smoothed out the sides of my dollops, making a short cylinder. For the top, I made sure to leave a bit of an indentation to allow for some filling.

    Bake the mini pavlovas at 275 F for 30 minutes, reduce the heat to 250 F and bake for an additional 30 minutes. Turn off the oven, and leave the pavlovas in the oven for at least another hour, or even overnight if you’re making these ahead.

    make the blackberry compote

    The blackberry compote is incredibly easy- just add all the ingredients to a saucepan and cook on medium-low heat, stirring every once in a while, until the compote is simmering and the berries are easily smashed. Don’t smash the berries entirely- you want to have some pieces of berry in the compote. The cooking process takes about 15 minutes. Once the compote is cooked thoroughly, transfer to a container and store in the fridge to cool down entirely before using. (This is a great component to make ahead!)

    make the chantilly whipped cream

    Chantilly cream is a fancy name for sweetened whipped cream. If you’ve never made homemade whipped cream, buckle up because it is delicious and will ruin you for pre-made whipped toppings forever. I sweeten my heavy cream with powdered sugar rather than granulated sugar because powdered sugar is fine enough to dissolve quickly without making the whipped cream grainy. As an added bonus, it helps stabilize the whipped cream thanks to the starch that’s added to the sugar (typically cornstarch).

    Never forget to season your whipped cream! It makes all the difference. I use a bit of kosher salt and vanilla bean paste. Vanilla extract works just as well with just a bit less of a vanilla-forward taste and no vanilla bean speckles.

    Whip the cream in a glass or metal bowl on medium-high speed (or with a wire whisk) until you reach stiff peaks, scraping down the sides and bottom of the bowl every once in a while. *A pro tip is to chill the bowl and whisk/beaters before whipping, but I have never done that, nor am I willing to, honestly.

    Store in the fridge until you’re ready to assemble, but don’t make this too far in advance. A few hours is fine, but it’s quick enough to whip up right before assembling.

    assemble the mini pavlovas

    Once everything is ready, chilled, and the pavlovas thoroughly dried out, it’s time to assemble. Gather the compote, chantilly, pavlovas, a spoon, a piping bag (optional), and a 6B piping tip (optional; you could also choose a different tip, like a 1M if you’d like). If you don’t want to pipe the whipped cream, just spoon it on top of the pavlovas.

    I piped my whipped cream in a bit of a flower pattern, piping shells on the outer edge. Using a spoon, I created a divot in the center of the flower to hold my blackberry compote.

    Pour a large spoonful of blackberry compote in the center of the whipped cream flower.

    success tips for making mini pavlovas with vanilla bean chantilly & blackberry compote

    • Don’t be too slow about adding your sugar. It is best to add it slowly, however, if you go too slow, then the sugar will not be fully added by the time the meringue is thick and fluffy. This will cause the meringue to be grainy since the sugar hasn’t had time to fully dissolve. Best to add it a tablespoon at a time every 30-60 seconds once the meringue starts to get foamy and less liquidy.
    • Serve the pavlovas right away after assembling them. However, this is a great make ahead dessert. Make all of the individual parts and store them individually- the pavlova meringues in an airtight container, the chantilly in the fridge (although this is sometimes best, and easy, to make right before serving), and the blackberry compote in the fridge.
    • If you have a Costco membership, don’t forget to check there for blackberries. I was able to purchase 12 oz. packages for $3.99 each.
    • This is the perfect recipe to make when you have leftover egg whites from a dessert that used only or primarily egg yolks, such as a curd or custard (like my lemon bar cookies). If you do not have leftover whites, after making this, you will have leftover yolks. Try making pastry cream, pudding, curd, or lemon bar cookies.

    FAQs

    • Do I need a stand mixer to make mini pavlovas? No, you don’t need a stand mixer, but it does make making meringue much easier. You can make them with a hand mixer, but I don’t recommend mixing meringue with a wire whisk.
    • Why is my egg white mixture not whipping up? Whipping egg whites is not hard, but there are a few things than cause trouble.
      • 1) Do NOT let any bits of egg yolk get in the egg whites. It will cause them to not whip up. It’s best practice to crack the egg white in a little dish and transfer it to the main mixing bowl rather than cracking the eggs directly into the main mixing bowl. This way, if a little egg yolk sneaks in, you can simply save that egg for breakfast and try again.
      • 2) Wipe your mixing bowl, whisk, and spatula down with an acid like lemon juice or white vinegar. This cleans the bowl from any lingering fat that could prevent the egg whites from whipping up. (I don’t typically do this.)
      • 3) If the humidity in your house is extremely high, like 75% or even higher, it can greatly hinder the egg whites from whipping up. One summer, I was trying to make macarons, and my kitchen was 85% humidity and the meringue just would. not. whip. up. Use a dehumidifier while you whip the meringue if your kitchen gets incredibly humid. (It’s really helpful to have a hygrometer in your kitchen, especially during the summer or if you’re in a humid climate.)
    • Can I use a different berry? While I have not tried it, raspberries would be an amazing swap. Blueberries and strawberries would also be great. When swapping berries, keep the sweetness in mind. If the berries you use are more tart, then you may need more sugar (I’m looking at you, raspberries).
    Print

    pavlova with vanilla bean chantilly & lemony, vanilla infused blackberry compote

    mini, individual pavlova with chantilly whipped cream and a lemony, vanilla infused blackberry compote
    Print Recipe

    These individual pavlovas are a perfect dessert with a light, vanilla bean chantilly (sweetened whipped cream with a fancy name) and topped with a bright, lemony vanilla-infused blackberry compote.

    • Author: Emily Loggans

    Ingredients

    Scale

    Pavlova

    5 large egg whites (about 150g-165g)

    ¼ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ⅛ tsp regular table salt)

    ¼ tsp cream of tartar

    250g (1 1/4/ cup) granulated sugar

    1 tsp white vinegar

    1 tbsp cornstarch

    2 tsp vanilla bean paste

    Lemony Vanilla-Infused Blackberry Compote

    12 oz. Blackberries

    ¼ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ⅛ tsp regular table salt)

    67g (⅓ cup) granulated sugar

    2 Tbsp lemon juice (about ½ lemon)

    Zest from one lemon

    1 tsp vanilla bean paste

    Vanilla Bean Chantilly Cream

    480g (2 cups) heavy whipping cream

    60g (½ cup) powdered sugar

    ½ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ¼ tsp regular table salt)

    2 tsp vanilla bean paste

    Instructions

    Make the Pavlovas

    Preheat the oven to 275 F.

    To the bowl of a stand mixer, add the egg whites, cream of tartar, and salt. Whip on medium-low speed until the egg whites are foamy. Slowly add the granulated sugar, a tablespoon at a time every 30-60 seconds with the mixer on medium-high speed until the meringue is thick and glossy and holds a stiff peak.

    Once the meringue has reached stiff peaks, remove the bowl and gently fold in the cornstarch, vinegar, and vanilla bean paste.

    Scoop dollops of meringue about two inches apart onto a parchment lined baking sheet. Gently shape them with a spoon or offset spatula, keeping the sides higher and the top like a bowl to hold fillings later.

    Bake the pavlovas at 275 F for thirty minutes. Lower the temperature to 250 F, and bake them for an additional thirty minutes. Turn off the heat and leave them in the oven for at least one hour, or even overnight.

    Make the Blackberry Compote

    To a saucepan, add the blackberries, salt, sugar, lemon juice, lemon zest, and vanilla bean paste. Stir together and place over medium-low heat, stirring occasionally as the mixture comes to a simmer. Cook for 10-15 minutes until the berries are soft enough to mash slightly. Continue cooking for another 5 minutes until the mixture is glossy and thickened slightly. 

    Remove from heat and transfer to a heat proof container. Cool completely before using and store in the refrigerator when not in use.

    Make the Chantilly Whipped Cream

    To a mixing bowl, add the whipping cream, powdered sugar, salt, and vanilla bean paste. Whip on medium-high or high speed until the cream reaches stiff peaks, scraping the bottom and sides of the bowl occasionally.

    Use immediately, or store in the refrigerator for a few hours before assembling.

    Assemble the Mini Pavlovas

    Assemble the pavlovas right before consuming or serving.

    Gather the pavlova meringues, compote, chantilly, a spoon, a piping bag, and a piping tip (I used Wilton 6B). 

    Fill a piping bag with the Chantilly and pipe onto the top of each pavlova. I  piped mine in a flower pattern, piping shells on the outer edge. Use a spoon to create a divot in the center of each whipped cream “flower” to hold the blackberry compote.

    Fill each whipped cream flower with a big spoonful of blackberry compote.

    Serve and enjoy.

    Notes

    • Do I need a stand mixer to make mini pavlovas? No, you don’t need a stand mixer, but it does make making meringue much easier. You can make them with a hand mixer, but I don’t recommend mixing meringue with a wire whisk.
    • Why is my egg white mixture not whipping up? Whipping egg whites is not hard, but there are a few things than cause trouble.

      • 1) Do NOT let any bits of egg yolk get in the egg whites. It will cause them to not whip up. It’s best practice to crack the egg white in a little dish and transfer it to the main mixing bowl rather than cracking the eggs directly into the main mixing bowl. This way, if a little egg yolk sneaks in, you can simply save that egg for breakfast and try again.
      • 2) Wipe your mixing bowl, whisk, and spatula down with an acid like lemon juice or white vinegar. This cleans the bowl from any lingering fat that could prevent the egg whites from whipping up. (I don’t typically do this.)
      • 3) If the humidity in your house is extremely high, like 75% or even higher, it can greatly hinder the egg whites from whipping up. One summer, I was trying to make macarons, and my kitchen was 85% humidity and the meringue just would. not. whip. up. Use a dehumidifier while you whip the meringue if your kitchen gets incredibly humid. (It’s really helpful to have a hygrometer in your kitchen, especially during the summer or if you’re in a humid climate.)

    • Can I use a different berry? While I have not tried it, raspberries would be an amazing swap. Blueberries and strawberries would also be great. When swapping berries, keep the sweetness in mind. If the berries you use are more tart, then you may need more sugar (I’m looking at you, raspberries).

    Did you make this recipe?

    Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

    lemon bar cookies

    January 13, 2025

    These cookies are the love child of a lemon bar and a thumbprint cookie. They are made with a buttery & soft, shortbread type of dough, filled with a bright & tart lemon curd, and dusted with powdered sugar. These are so easy to make and perfect to make during winter when citrus fruit is at its peak.

    why you’ll love lemon bar cookies

    • They are a soft, buttery cookie and full of bright lemon flavor thanks to a delicious, homemade lemon curd made with lemon zest and fresh squeezed lemon juice.
    • They are made with a very easy lemon curd that tastes incredible, and the lemon curd recipe makes exactly the amount you need to make the cookies.
    • These cookies have a very minimal and convenient chill time- chill one tray while preparing the other and chill the second tray while baking the first tray.
    ingredients for lemon bar cookies gathered on a baking tray

    ingredients in lemon bar cookies

    lemon curd

    • granulated sugar– Sugar aids in the texture and sweetness of homemade lemon curd.
    • lemon zest– Lemon zest has even more lemon flavor than the lemon juice, so adding it to lemon curd will make a much more lemony flavor. In the end, we’ll strain it out so that the texture of our curd isn’t chunky. Try to get organic lemons since they don’t have wax on them, but if you can only find regular lemons it’s fine. Wash them well!
    • lemon juice– Lemon juice is responsible for the liquid and flavor of our curd. Do not swap this out for store-bought lemon juice. However, I have been known to splash a bit of store-bought lemon juice into my measuring cup when my fresh squeezed juice came up short.
    • egg yolks & an egg– This recipe uses four yolks and one whole egg as the thickener. This is a perfect way to use up egg yolks after making an egg white recipe, but if you don’t already have egg yolks to use up, now you’ll have egg whites to use up. Make meringue cookies, Eton mess, mini pavlovas, or meringue kisses.
    • butter– I am using unsalted, but let’s be honest, salted butter will not make this too salty. Butter will make the curd silky and creamy.
    • Diamond Crystal kosher salt– (Don’t swap this for another salt if you can. It is the BEST salt for baking. Grab a box here. However, if you only have table salt or a fine sea salt available, use half the amount of salt called for in this recipe, which would be ¾ tsp.)

    cookie dough

    • butter– (I use unsalted, but if you use salted butter, everything will be fine. I promise. If you’re worried, lower the salt by ¼ teaspoon of Diamond Crystal kosher salt.)
    • granulated sugar– Of course sugar adds sweetness, but it is also important for creating the texture of this cookie.
    • Diamond Crystal kosher salt– (Don’t swap this for another salt if you can. It is the BEST salt for baking. Grab a box here. However, if you only have table salt or a fine sea salt available, use half the amount of salt called for in this recipe, which would be ¾ tsp.)
    • lemon zest– This is optional but adds a pop of lemon flavor to the buttery cookie. If you have some extra zest, why not?
    • vanilla bean paste or extract– Vanilla bean paste is a secret weapon for baking! Get a bottle here or here or here. However, plain vanilla extract is fine. Don’t use imitation vanilla or ‘baking’ vanilla if you can. Classic, pure vanilla extract is the way to go.
    • lemon paste– This is totally optional, but I happened to have some Nielsen Massey lemon paste that I need to use up. Using it will just add a bit more lemon flavor to the cookie. You could also use lemon extract.
    • egg yolks– You could just use a whole large egg instead of two egg yolks, but the yolks give more tenderness to the dough thanks to the fat content in a yolk. (Don’t toss your whites! Make angel food cake, pavlovas, or meringues.)
    • all purpose flour
    • baking powder– to lighten the cookie
    • cornstarch– makes this dough even more tender

    supplies needed to make lemon bar cookies

    • microplane/zester
    • instant read thermometer (to check the temp of the curd)
    • sieve (to strain the curd)
    • hand mixer or stand mixer
    • scale (trust me on this)
    • #30 cookie scoop, like this one
    • spatula
    • measuring spoons
    • cookie sheets, two half sheet
    • parchment paper- this is my favorite

    how to make lemon bar cookies

    These lemon bar cookies are the perfect combination of buttery, soft cookie and creamy, sweet-tart lemon curd. Their crackly edges, ring of powdered sugar, and bright yellow centers make them a pretty cookie to add to a cookie box, serve as dessert, or snack on as an afternoon pick-me-up.

    make the lemon curd first

    This is the easiest, stress-free lemon curd. If you’ve never made lemon curd, don’t be scared. It’s not as complicated as it seems. I’ve been testing my lemon curd recipe for years, and this is my favorite iteration so far with the most lemon flavor, perfect balance of sweetness, and least eggy flavor.

    To your pot, add the granulated sugar, salt, and lemon zest. Using either your fingertips or a spatula, rub the zest into the sugar until it looks like wet, yellow sand. This pulls the oil (aka, flavor) from the lemon zest into the sugar, therefore making a more flavorful lemon curd.

    Pour the fresh squeezed lemon juice into the pan with the sugar mixture and stir until combined. Add the eggs and whisk well to combine. Place the pot on the stovetop at medium-low heat, stirring constantly. It will thicken quickly and without stirring, the curd will thicken unevenly and become chunky. Once temperature reaches 170F, or when the mixture is thick and evenly coats the back of the spatula, remove from heat and pour into a sieve that is resting in a heat proof bowl. Whisk in the butter until it is melted.

    Store lemon curd in the refrigerator while waiting for the next step. Cover the top of the curd with cling film to prevent it from developing a skin.

    make the cookie dough

    This dough is incredibly easy to make. It starts out by creaming room temperature butter with sugar, lemon zest, and salt. Make sure to mix the butter and sugar for a few minutes until it lightens in color and looks less grainy.

    Add the egg yolks, vanilla, and lemon paste/extract (if using) to the creamed mixture and mix until it is emulsified. The mixture will be thick and smooth.

    Add the dry ingredients (flour, baking powder, and cornstarch) and mix just until the dough comes together and there are no more dry pockets. You don’t want to over-mix this or the dough will be tough.

    how to shape & fill lemon bar cookies

    Scoop the dough into balls immediately after making the dough using a #30 cookie scoop. You’ll get 18 balls of dough that weigh approximately 40g-42g. Roll each ball in powdered sugar to coat before placing on a parchment lined baking sheet. I fit nine cookies on each sheet for a total of two sheets.

    Using a tablespoon measuring spoon, press a divot into each ball of dough. The dough may crack on the edges, but gently press the dough back together. Using your fingers, pinch the edges of the thumbprint shape to thin them out while keeping the height. Press the center of the dough down slightly so that it is not very thick, but be careful not to make it too thin.

    Evenly divide the lemon curd among the prepared cookies, about a heaping tablespoon each. While preparing the second sheet of cookies, if you find that you have either not enough or too much lemon curd left, either share some with the cookies chilling in the fridge or steal some from the cookies chilling in the fridge.

    help, my butter is cold!

    This recipe requires the use of room temperature butter. This can be confusing though, because rooms are all different temperatures depending on how cold/warm you keep your house. Typically, room temperature butter is about 68 F – 72 F. However, my house is 66 F in the winter, so even if I leave my butter out all night, it is a little cold. A fridge is 40 F, so butter straight from the fridge is way too cold to use in a recipe like this. To quickly solve the problem, I microwave my butter sticks for 2-3 seconds, flip them over, microwave for another 2-3 seconds until they have a nice texture that is not soft but is more pliable. I leave them in the wrapper for this. Do NOT melt or warm the butter. Just take the chill out.

    Using too-cold butter for a butter cookie dough will cause lumps of butter to be throughout your dough that makes your cookies bake unevenly with little pools of melting butter in the oven. It’s not ideal. Just quickly soften your butter.

    help, my eggs are cold!

    Since most people keep their eggs in the fridge, eggs are always going to be cold before baking. There is almost a 0% chance that I will be preparing enough to take my eggs out an hour or two before baking. The best way to quickly get an egg ready to go is to place it in a cup of really warm water while prepping the rest of your ingredients. Adding a cold egg to a creamed butter mixture can cause the butter to harden in places, resulting in little lumps of butter that are pretty impossible to get rid of.

    success tips for making lemon bar cookies

    • ‘Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together before ever starting the recipe will help tremendously.
    • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.
    • Room temperature ingredients make all the difference in baking lemon bar cookies.
    • Creaming the butter/sugar mixture really well will make a lighter, more tender cookie.
    • Chill time is very minimal in this recipe; you only need to chill each sheet of cookies for about 15 minutes.
    • Don’t overtake them. These cookies are meant to be on the softer side. They’ll be a bit crispy at the edges, but we are not looking for a lot of browning. Bake them until they start getting a bit golden at the bottom edges.

    FAQs

    • Can I use store bought lemon curd? While I haven’t tried it myself, I don’t see why not! If you do try it, let me know how it goes!
    • Can I use store bought lemon juice when making the curd? I do NOT recommend using store bought lemon juice in the curd. Fresh squeezed lemon juice is infinitely better, and you only need a couple of lemons.
    • Will I have leftover lemon curd from the homemade recipe? No, this recipe makes the exact amount of curd that you need. If you double the cookies, double the curd. If you want extra curd for something else, double the recipe.
    • How do I store lemon bar cookies? Store lemon bar cookies in an airtight container at room temperature if they’ll be consumed within the day. However, if you plan on keeping them around for longer, store them in the fridge. These cookies get even softer with time. I like them even more the second day.
    Print

    lemon bar cookies

    Print Recipe

    These cookies are the love child of a lemon bar and a thumbprint cookie. They are made with a buttery & soft, shortbread type of dough, filled with a bright & tart lemon curd, and dusted with powdered sugar. These are so easy to make and perfect to make during winter when citrus fruit is at its peak.

    • Author: Emily Loggans

    Ingredients

    Scale

    Lemon Curd

    100g (½ cup) granulated sugar

    ¼ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ⅛ tsp table salt)

    lemon zest, from about 2 medium-large lemons

    120g (½ cup) lemon juice, from about 2 medium-large lemons

    4 egg yolks, large

    1 whole egg, large

    56g (4 Tbsp) unsalted butter

    Cookie Dough

    226g (16 Tbsp) unsalted butter, room temperature

    150g (¾ cup) granulated sugar

    1 ½ tsp Diamond Crystal kosher salt (or ¾ tsp table salt)

    1 Tbsp lemon zest, optional

    2 tsp vanilla bean paste or extract

    1 tsp lemon paste or extract, optional

    2 egg yolks, large

    270g (2 ¼ cups) all purpose flour

    2 tsp baking powder

    2 Tbsp cornstarch

    60g (½ cup) powdered sugar, for rolling

    30g (1//4 cup) powdered sugar, for dusting

    Instructions

    Make the Lemon Curd

    To a saucepan, add the granulated sugar, salt, and lemon zest. Use your fingertips or a spatula to rub the zest into the sugar to release the oils. Pour in the lemon juice and stir to combine. Add the eggs and whisk well. 

    Place the saucepan on medium-low heat and stir constantly until the lemon curd thickens and reaches 170 F.

    Pour the lemon curd into a sieve placed over a heat proof bowl. Stir in the butter until melted and combined. Cover the curd with cling film and refrigerate until ready to use, up to two weeks.

    Make the Cookies

    Preheat the oven to 350 F.

    Cream the butter, sugar, salt, and lemon zest until light and fluffy, about three minutes. Add the vanilla, lemon paste, and egg yolks and continue mixing until the mixture is emulsified, i.e. thick, glossy, and fully combined.

    Add the flour, baking powder, and cornstarch to the mixture and mix just until the flour is incorporated. Do not over-mix, or the cookies will be tough.

    Scoop the dough into 18 dough balls weighing approximately 40g-42g using a #30 cookie scoop. Roll each ball in powdered sugar and place on a parchment lined baking sheet, about 9 cookies per sheet. These will spread, so they will need a few inches between each other.

    Using a tablespoon measuring spoon, gently press a divot into each dough ball. If the dough cracks, press it back together. Using your fingers, pinch the edges of the thumbprint shape to thin them out while keeping the height. Press the center of the dough down slightly so that it is not very thick, but be careful not to make it too thin.

    Evenly divide the lemon curd among the prepared cookies, about a heaping tablespoon each.

    Refrigerate the cookies for about 15 minutes to chill the butter. This helps the cookies spread a bit less and more controlled.

    Bake the cookies one sheet at a time for 14-18 minutes, or until the bottom edges of the cookies starts turning golden. 

    Remove the cookies from the oven and cool on the sheet for about five minutes before transferring to a wire rack to cool completely. Once the cookies are completely cool, dust with powdered sugar.

    Store cookies in an airtight container at room temperature if they’ll be eaten within the day, or in the refrigerate up to a week.

    Notes

      • ‘Mise en place’ is a French phrase with the idea of putting everything in its place before beginning to make a recipe. It helps everything to go smoothly and eliminates so much possible stress. Getting all of your supplies and ingredients together before ever starting the recipe will help tremendously.

      • Weigh your ingredients, particularly the flour. It is the most important measurement in this recipe to weigh. Flour can be off in volume measurements by up to 30g, which is a quarter cup! Having incorrect flour measurements can cause your cookies to spread too much or, alternatively, be dry and crumbly. Weighing your ingredients makes everything so much easier, as you don’t have to wash all the measuring cups at the end. However, I do not use the scale to weigh out teaspoon or tablespoon measurements for things like baking powder, salt, vanilla, or cornstarch, for example.

      • Room temperature ingredients make all the difference in baking lemon bar cookies.

      • Creaming the butter/sugar mixture really well will make a lighter, more tender cookie.

      • Chill time is very minimal in this recipe; you only need to chill each sheet of cookies for about 15 minutes.

      • Don’t over-bake them. These cookies are meant to be on the softer side. They’ll be a bit crispy at the edges, but we are not looking for a lot of browning. Bake them until they start getting a bit golden at the bottom edges.

    Did you make this recipe?

    Share a photo and tag us — we can’t wait to see what you’ve made!

    Brown Butter Banana Bread Cake Featuring Cream Cheese Frosting

    July 3, 2022

    This post contains affiliate links. If you clink on the links and make a purchase, I receive a small commission at no extra cost to you. Thank you so much for your support, as it allows me to keep creating blog posts like this one.

    Banana bread is my comfort food. Baking it in a 9′ square cake pan is quite possibly one of the best decisions I’ve ever made. Add cream cheese frosting to that, and consider yourself comforted.

    This recipe comes together so quickly since it is all mixed together in one bowl. It is based on a recipe I’ve made my entire life since growing up, and there are so many ways to customize it.

    How to Make the Brown Butter Banana Bread Cake

    Make the Bread Cake (it’s kind of both, so let’s just call it a bread cake)

    Preheat oven to 350 Farenheit.

    Brown butter is delicious and can be used in a variety of baking recipes, and it is so simple to make. Start by melting your butter in a saucepan over medium heat, giving it a stir as it melts. Once the butter is completely melted, it will start to bubble and sizzle while the water evaporates. Once the water has mostly evaporated, the milk solids toast and turn brown. It is helpful to whisk often at this stage, because the toasty bits can burn without movement. Keep cooking the butter until it has reached a nice golden brown with toasted brown bits. Pour butter into a large, heat proof bowl.

    To the bowl, add granulated sugar and salt and whisk together. Add the mashed bananas, milk, and eggs and whisk until combined.

    Add baking soda and all purpose flour to the bowl and gently stir together with a spatula.

    Pour the batter into a parchment lined and greased 9″x9″ cake pan and bake for 28-35 minutes. Let cool.

    Make the Cream Cheese Frosting

    This cream cheese frosting is so easy and doesn’t require a stand mixer. It is not a large amount of frosting, so I find the stand mixer to be less helpful in this case.

    In a bowl, mix together the softened butter and cream cheese until smooth. Add the salt, vanilla, and powdered sugar and mix together until smooth, adding the milk in little by little until the desired consistency is reached.

    Once the banana bread cake is cooled, frost with the cream cheese frosting and enjoy.

    A Note About Salt

    I use Diamond Crystal Kosher salt in all of my recipes. It should be assumed when reading the word ‘salt’ on this website that I mean Diamond Crystal Kosher salt (unless I say otherwise). If you do not have this salt, and you want to use table salt, use only half the amount called for. Regular table salt is much finer than Diamond Crystal Kosher salt, so a teaspoon of each would not actually yield the same amount of salt. A teaspoon of regular table salt vs. kosher will give a much saltier taste in the recipe. It’s no big deal, just make sure to use half of what the recipe calls for. Although, if you can get your hands on some Diamond Crystal, I totally recommend it.

    A Note About Measurements

    I bake using weight measurements rather than volume measurements, with the exception of teaspoons or tablespoons in small amounts of things like baking powder or salt. I prefer to weigh my ingredients in grams because it is the most accurate way to measure ingredients. Using cup measurements can vary from cup to cup, making it impossible for everyone to have accurate measurements. Weighing out ingredients using grams is accurate and also much easier. Trust me, a scale will change your baking life.

    Brown Butter Banana Bread Cake with Cream Cheese Frosting

    A one-bowl brown butter banana bread baked in a 9"x9" pan and slathered in cream cheese frosting.

    Brown Butter Banana Bread Cake

    • 127 grams browned unsalted butter ((one stick and one tablespoon))
    • 200 grams granulated sugar
    • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
    • 2 eggs
    • 3 tablespoon whole milk
    • 330 grams mashed ripe bananas ((about three))
    • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
    • 240 grams all purpose flour
    • 1 teaspoon baking soda

    Cream Cheese Frosting

    • 3 oz cream cheese (softened)
    • 6 tablespoon unsalted butter (softened)
    • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
    • 2 teaspoon vanilla bean paste
    • 390 grams powdered sugar ((about three cups))
    • 1 tablespoon milk or cream

    Brown Butter Banana Bread Cake

    1. Preheat oven to 350 Farenheit.

    2. Prepare a 9"x9" cake pan by lining with parchment paper and a bit of oil spray.

    3. Start by melting your butter in a saucepan over medium heat, giving it a stir as it melts. Once the butter is completely melted, it will start to bubble and sizzle while the water evaporates. Once the water has mostly evaporated, the milk solids toast and turn brown. It is helpful to whisk often at this stage, because the toasty bits can burn without movement. Keep cooking the butter until it has reached a nice golden brown with toasted brown bits. Pour butter into a large, heat proof bowl.

    4. Add granulated sugar and salt to the brown butter, whisking well.

    5. Add eggs, whole milk, vanilla, and milk to the butter mixture and whisk until fully combined.

    6. Gently stir in the baking soda and flour with a spatula.

    7. Pour batter into prepared pan and bake for 28-35 minutes or until a toothpick comes out clean. Let cool completely.

    Cream Cheese Frosting

    1. Using a hand mixer, beat butter and cream cheese together until smooth.

    2. Add salt, powdered sugar, and vanilla and beat until smooth, adding milk as needed.

    3. Frost the banana bread cake with cream cheese frosting and serve.

    Have You Made This Recipe & Loved It?

    It would make me the HAPPIEST if you gave this recipe a quick review and tagged me on Instagram.

    Lemon Curd Linzer Cookies

    July 3, 2022

    This post contains affiliate links. If you clink on the links and make a purchase, I receive a small commission at no extra cost to you. Thank you so much for your support, as it allows me to keep creating blog posts like this one.

    It’s hard to beat the combination of tart, zesty lemon and sweet, buttery cookie. Turning these cookie sandwiches into linzer cookies with a simple cut of dough and a dusting of powdered sugar is all it takes to make two simple things one beautiful thing.

    How To Make Lemon Curd Linzer Cookies

    Make the Sugar Cookie Dough

    I used my Vanilla Bean Base Ratio #1 recipe for these cookies. It can be found here.

    Preheat oven to 400 Farenheit.

    Cream butter, sugar, kosher salt, and lemon zest in the bowl of a stand mixer until combined. Scrape down the sides and bottom of the bowl before adding the eggs and vanilla bean paste. Mix until well combined and the mixture is homogenized. Scrape down the sides and bottom of the brown once again.

    In a separate bowl, weigh the flour and whisk in the baking powder. Add the dry ingredients to the bowl of the stand mixer and mix on low until combined. Scrape down the sides and make sure there is no flour gathering at the base of the bowl.

    Roll the dough to ¼″ between two sheets of parchment, and refrigerate for 30 minutes to an hour.

    Cut the Cookies

    Using a 2 ¼″ round circle cutter, cut the dough into about 48 circles. Place cut cookies on a parchment lined baking sheet at least an inch apart. Using a small cutter, cut out the center of half of the cookies.

    Freeze cookies for five minutes before baking. This is optional, but it helps prevent spreading in the oven.

    Bake the cookies for 8-10 minutes, or until slightly golden.

    Let the cookies cool on the pan for about ten minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely.

    Make the Lemon Curd

    This recipe is based on Dorie Greenspan’s citrus curd.

    Whisk together the sugar, kosher salt, lemon zest, and eggs in a saucepan. Whisk in the corn syrup and lemon juice before adding the butter. Cook for 6-8 minutes until thick and the temperature reaches 170 Farenheit. Stir in vanilla bean paste.

    Transfer the curd to a heat proof bowl and cover the top with cling film. Refrigerate and allow to cool completely before using.

    Lemon curd will last in the refrigerator for about a week and in the freezer for about a year.

    Assemble the Cookies

    Group together the cookies with the shapes cut from the center and dust powdered sugar over them. I prefer dusting them before assembling, because no powdered sugar gets inside the filling.

    Spoon a small amount of the cooled lemon curd over the base cookie. Place the powdered sugar cookie on top.

    Store the assembled cookies in the refrigerator.

    A Note About Salt

    I use Diamond Crystal Kosher salt in all of my recipes. It should be assumed when reading the word ‘salt’ on this website that I mean Diamond Crystal Kosher salt (unless I say otherwise). If you do not have this salt, and you want to use table salt, use only half the amount called for. Regular table salt is much finer than Diamond Crystal Kosher salt, so a teaspoon of each would not actually yield the same amount of salt. A teaspoon of regular table salt vs. kosher will give a much saltier taste in the recipe. It’s no big deal, just make sure to use half of what the recipe calls for. Although, if you can get your hands on some Diamond Crystal, I totally recommend it.

    A Note About Measurements

    I bake using weight measurements rather than volume measurements, with the exception of teaspoons or tablespoons in small amounts of things like baking powder or salt. I prefer to weigh my ingredients in grams because it is the most accurate way to measure ingredients. Using cup measurements can vary from cup to cup, making it impossible for everyone to have accurate measurements. Weighing out ingredients using grams is accurate and also much easier. Trust me, a scale will change your baking life.

    Lemon Curd

    This recipe is adapted from Dorie Greenspan's Citrus Curd.

    • 250 grams granulated sugar
    • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
    • 1 tablespoon lemon zest
    • 4 eggs
    • 180 ml lemon juice
    • 1 tablespoon light corn syrup
    • 113 grams unsalted butter (cubed)
    • ½ teaspoon vanilla bean paste
    1. Combine sugar, zest, and kosher salt in a saucepan.

    2. Add the eggs to the saucepan and whisk well.

    3. Whisk in the corn syrup and lemon juice before adding the butter.

    4. Cook for 6-8 minutes over medium heat while whisking until the curd is thickened and the temperature reaches 170 Farenheit.

    5. Stir in the vanilla bean paste.

    6. Transfer curd to a heat proof bowl and cover the surface with cling film. Cool completely.

    Have You Made This Recipe & Loved It?

    It would make me the HAPPIEST if you gave this recipe a quick review and tagged me on Instagram.

    Simple Valentine’s Day Sugar Cookies

    February 10, 2022

    Sometimes you just want a classic vanilla sugar cookie with buttercream. Especially when the occasion calls for rush baking, and you can only work with what you have in your pantry. This buttery vanilla sugar cookie with a touch of almond paired with American buttercream is absolutely delicious, melts in your mouth, and is the perfect customizable cookie for any holiday or event, no matter the theme. This recipe has been used by my family since I was little, and although I’ve modified it over the years, it never fails.

    This post contains affiliate links. If you clink on the links and make a purchase, I receive a small commission at no extra cost to you. Thank you so much for your support, as it allows me to keep creating blog posts like this one.

    How to Make the Best (And Simplest) Vanilla Sugar Cookies with Buttercream Frosting

    Make the Sugar Cookies

    Preheat the oven to 400 Fahrenheit and line two cookie sheets with parchment paper. In the bowl of a stand mixer fixed with a paddle attachment, cream the butter, sugar, and salt until lighter in color and fluffy. Scrape down the sides and bottom of the bowl to make sure there are no lumps of butter. (Not doing this could cause the dough to have lumps of butter that melt in the oven and cause uneven baking and spread. And nobody wants that.) Add the eggs, vanilla, and almond (optional, but totally delicious- as long as you don’t have allergies) and mix for another 2-3 minutes on medium-low speed, scraping again. The mixture should be fluffy and light.

    In a separate bowl, weigh out the flour and give it a little whisk. Add half of the flour to the creamed mixture and mix on low speed until it starts to combine. Add the rest of the flour and mix on low speed until a dough forms. If any of the flour clings to the sides or bottom of the bowl, scrape it down and mix again being careful not to over mix the dough. (Over mixing dough can cause excessive gluten formation, causing the final result to be a tough cookie.)

    Lightly flour a piece of parchment paper before dropping half of the dough onto the parchment. Gently form it into a flat disk and flour the surface before placing a second sheet of parchment on top of the dough. Use a rolling pin to roll the dough to about ¼″ thick. I like to use a guided rolling pin, like this Joseph Joseph one. Repeat with the rest of the dough.

    Refrigerate the sheets of dough for at least a half an hour or freeze for about fifteen minutes. Once the dough is chilled, cut out the desired shapes, placing the cookies about an inch apart.

    Since Valentine’s Day is only a week away, I, of course, made heart shaped cookies. I used various shapes and sizes of heart cookies cutters that I’ve collected from Target and JoAnn Fabrics. You can find heart shaped cutters anywhere, and most small cookie cutter businesses carry various heart shapes as well.

    I like to place the sheets of unbaked cookies in the freezer for five minutes before baking to help prevent spread, but it is completely optional. Bake the cookies at 400 Fahrenheit for about 8-9 minutes, or until the edges get lightly golden and the tops of the cookies are set and no longer shiny. Cool for about ten minutes on the cookie sheet before transferring to a wire rack to cool completely.

    Make the Vanilla Buttercream

    Beat the room temperature butter and salt in a stand mixer fitted with a whisk attachment on medium speed until light, fluffy, and smooth, making sure to scrape down the sides and bottom of the bowl occasionally. Once the butter is smooth and creamy, add half of the powdered sugar and beat on low until it starts to combine. Add the remaining powdered sugar, vanilla, and cream. Continue mixing on low until everything is combined. Scrape down once more. Exchange the whisk attachment for a paddle attachment and continue beating the buttercream on low for ten minutes. This extra mixing at the end helps smooth out the buttercream and gives a creamier result. (If you’re on a time crunch, just an extra few minutes will do.)

    Frost and Decorate the Cookies

    To make colored buttercream, decide into separate bowls and squeeze a couple drops of the desired food coloring into each bowl. It is important to use gel coloring, and not regular food coloring, which is liquid. Liquid food coloring can cause buttercream to separate and become too wet. I prefer Americolor gel food coloring, and I used Tulip Red, Warm Brown, and Dusty Rose to mix my colors. Start out with just a tiny amount, because a little goes a long way.

    To decorate, simply grab an offset spatula (or even a butter knife) and smear the buttercream frosting onto the cookies. I like to scrape the sides of the cookie to give a clean, crisp look. If you’re feeling a little extra, you could also use piping bags and piping tips to add some rosettes and stars to the cookies. I used Wilton piping tips 22, 12, 32, 30, and 2D. My favorite was the small star tip (21 or 22), because it can be used for rosettes, little stars, and borders.

    These cookies are insanely delicious and so easy to make. The *perfect* holiday cookie. 10/10 recommend. Enjoy.

    A Note About Salt

    I use Diamond Crystal Kosher salt in all of my recipes. It should be assumed when reading the word ‘salt’ on this website that I mean Diamond Crystal Kosher salt (unless I say otherwise). If you do not have this salt, and you want to use table salt, use only half the amount called for. Regular table salt is much finer than Diamond Crystal Kosher salt, so a teaspoon of each would not actually yield the same amount of salt. A teaspoon of regular table salt vs. kosher will give a much saltier taste in the recipe. It’s no big deal, just make sure to use half of what the recipe calls for. Although, if you can get your hands on some Diamond Crystal, I totally recommend it.

    A Note About Measurements

    I bake using weight measurements rather than volume measurements, with the exception of teaspoons or tablespoons in small amounts of things like baking powder or salt. I prefer to weigh my ingredients in grams because it is the most accurate way to measure ingredients. Using cup measurements can vary from cup to cup, making it impossible for everyone to have accurate measurements. Weighing out ingredients using grams is accurate and also much easier. Trust me, a scale will change your baking life.

    Valentine Vanilla Sugar Cookies with Buttercream

    Buttery vanilla sugar cookies with delicious American buttercream that will quickly become your go-to for every holiday.

    Vanilla Sugar Cookies

    • 4 sticks unsalted butter (room temperature)
    • 230 grams granulated sugar
    • 2 teaspoon Diamond Crystal Kosher Salt
    • 1 whole egg
    • 1 egg yolk
    • 2 teaspoon vanilla bean paste (or vanilla extract)
    • 2 teaspoon almond extract (optional)
    • 570 grams all-purpose flour

    American Buttercream

    • 2 sticks unsalted butter (room temperature)
    • 1 teaspoon Diamond Crystal Kosher Salt
    • 1 lb powdered sugar
    • 2 teaspoon vanilla bean paste (or vanilla extract)
    • 4 tablespoon heavy cream (or milk)

    Vanilla Sugar Cookies

    1. Preheat the oven to 400 and line baking sheets with parchment paper.

    2. In the bowl of a stand mixer with a paddle attachment, cream butter, sugar, and salt until light and fluffy. Scrape down the sides and bottom of the bowl.

    3. Add the eggs, almond extract, and vanilla bean paste. Mix on medium speed until the mixture becomes smooth and fluffy, about 5 minutes. Scrape down the sides and bottom of the bowl.

    4. In a separate bowl, weigh the flour and give it a quick whisk. Add half of the flour to the mixer bowl and mix on low speed until the flour starts to incoporate. Add remaining flour and mix on low until all the flour is incorporated, scraping the bowl when necessary. Allow dough to rest in the bowl for ten minutes before rolling out.

    5. Drop half of the dough onto a lightly floured piece of parchment, gently shaping it into a flattened rectangle. Lightly flour the surface of the dough before placing a second piece of parchment over it. Roll the dough to about ¼".

    6. Cut cookies and place on a parchment lined baking sheet about one inch apart. Bake for 7-9 minutes, or until edges start to become golden and the surfaces of the cookies are dry.

    7. Cool on baking sheet for about ten minutes before transferring to a wire rack to cool completely before frosting.

    American Buttercream

    1. In the bowl of a stand mixer with a whisk attachment, beat butter and salt until very light and fluffy.

    2. Add half of the powdered sugar and mix on low until nearly combined. Add remaining sugar and mix until combined.

    3. Add the vanilla bean paste and heavy cream and mix on medium-high speed until creamy and fluffy. Adjust cream as needed. Scrape down the sides of the bowl.

    4. Exchange the whisk attachment for the paddle attachment and continue to mix on low speed for about ten minutes to smooth out the air pockets.

    5. Color buttercream as desired. To decorate, use a butter knife (or palette knife) to spread frosting over cookies or fill piping bags fitted with small tips to pipe frosting on cookies.

    • American buttercream is a crusting buttercream, so the frosting will develop a light crust but it can still be crushed if too much weight is pressed on them.
    • Frosted cookies should be stored in an airtight container either in the refrigerator or at room temperature. Kept at room temperature, they are safe to eat for up to three days. Kept in the refrigerator, they are safe to eat for one to two weeks. The frosted cookies can also be frozen in an airtight container for up to three months. 
    • Unfrosted cookies can be stored in an airtight container at room temperature or in the refrigerator for up to two weeks. They can also be frozen for up to three months. 
    Sugar Cookies

    Have You Made This Recipe & Loved It?

    It would make me the HAPPIEST if you gave this recipe a quick review and tagged me on Instagram.

    How to Make Your Own Vanilla Extract

    September 27, 2021

    *This post contains affiliate links that when used, provides me with a tiny commission at no additional cost to you. As always, I only recommend products that I, myself enjoy and use. Thank you!

    I recently fell down the rabbit hole that is making homemade vanilla extract. I am obsessed and am convinced this is the most fun one can have in the kitchen. This is it. 

    I had thought of making my own extract a while back, but to be honest, the process scared me a bit and it seemed like it would be a pain and expensive. I was wrong about both, and I decided to write up a post explaining all the basics you need to know when making your own homemade vanilla extract. 

    Why You Should Consider Making Your Own Vanilla Extract

    1. Cost Effective. Making your own vanilla extract is very cost effective and can lower the price of your vanilla by half or two thirds. Here’s a rough breakdown of some costs:

    4 ounces Vanilla Beans- $40

    1 Liter bottle of Vodka- $15

    Total Cost for 32 ounces of Vanilla Extract- $55 ($1.72/ounce)

    *This is based on the ratio of one ounce of beans to 8 ounces of vodka. Another acceptable ratio is one ounce of beans to 10 ounces of vodka, which then makes the price per ounce $1.38)

    Below is the price breakdown of the ever popular Nielson Massey Vanilla Extract available on Amazon. You can see that the price goes down per ounce the more you purchase, but even a large bottle is about twice the price of the homemade version.

    Nielson Massey Extract- 

    • 2 oz jar- $15.95 ($7.98)
    • 4 oz jar- $19.95 ($4.99)
    • 8 oz jar- $34.99 ($4.37)
    • 32 oz jar- $104.87 ($3.28)

    A popular budget vanilla extract, McCormick, is still more expensive than the homemade vanilla extract.

    McCormick Vanilla Extract– 16 oz bottle- $34.96 ($2.19)

    1. Quality. The quality of your store-bought vanilla extract can vary. Different brands use different ratios of vanilla to vodka (sometimes even adding water), and it is always possible (and sometimes likely) to get a very weak vanilla extract while still paying a high price. Making your own vanilla extract allows you to be in control of your vanilla bean’s quality and the potency based on how many beans you use. You can also experiment with different flavors by using different alcohols like bourbon or by using different types of beans, such as Madagascar, Ugandan, Tahitian, or others.
    1. Fluctuating Prices. Vanilla is always fluctuating in price, with it only getting more and more expensive. According to this article, vanilla prices began to rise in 2015, and have consistently been about ten times the original cost of vanilla. Making several jars of your own vanilla extract with beans bought at a good price ensures that you have vanilla in the future without having to pay unknown high prices.
    1. The Experience. Making your own vanilla extract is FUN. I love experimenting and trying new things, and this process didn’t disappoint. Incredibly simple and with more than one method to try, you can really have a lot of fun making the vanilla your own. And let’s be honest, who wouldn’t feel impressed with themselves after producing their own beautiful jars of vanilla extract?

    What You Need to Make Your Own Vanilla Extract

    Grade B Vanilla Beans

    Vodka (at least 35%)

    Glass Container

    Vanilla Beans

    There are many types of vanilla beans, and the quality and type you get will affect the overall flavor of the extract. Here are some important things to consider:

    1. Grade A or Grade B:

    Grade A vanilla beans are beautiful and perfect in their condition. They are moist, plump, and without blemish. They are very expensive and considered gourmet. Because Grade A beans are more moist, they are able to infuse flavor more quickly into a dish, although that flavor is more diluted.

    Grade B vanilla beans are smaller, less moist, and may have blemishes. Because they are visually not at the standard of Grade A, they are less expensive and perfect for making extract. Because a Grade B vanilla bean is less moist, the flavor is more powerful, although it takes longer to extract. This makes them perfect for vanilla extract, because the process of extracting vanilla flavor into alcohol is lengthy- giving the beans enough time to release the concentrated flavors and creating a dark, rich vanilla extract.

    *source: https://www.slofoodgroup.com/blogs/recipes-stories/understanding-the-difference-in-grades-of-vanilla-beans

    1. Origin/Type:

    How do you know which vanilla bean to choose? There are many varieties with their own flavor notes and special characteristics including Madagascar, Tahitian, Ugandan, Ecuadorian, and more.

    Madagascar Bourbon Vanilla Beans are the most common vanilla beans used in extracts. If you are just starting out with making your own vanilla extract, I recommend using this type of bean as you will be most familiar with its flavor profile.

    These are the three beans I used to make my extracts:

    Madagascar Beans: When purchasing traditional Bourbon vanilla beans you will find a rich, creamy and familiar vanilla flavor. Madagascar vanilla beans are well-suited for baked goods and both hot and cold preparations.

    Ecuadorian Beans: These beans are “fruity, floral, and much deeper in-depth than other Tahitian vanilla beans. To us, these vanilla beans have an aroma with notes of stone fruits, green apple, sour cherry, passion fruit with a touch of honey, and prickly pear.”

    Ugandan Beans: “Grade B Ugandan vanilla beans (also referred to as extract beans), [are] the ideal vanilla bean choice for making a rich and complex vanilla extract. The earthy, chocolate undertones of these bourbon type vanilla beans from East Africa are a flavor bomb in a bottle waiting to be released into your favorite recipes.”

    1. Where to source the beans:

    The quality of your vanilla extract is really dependent on the quality of the vanilla beans, as that is where all of the flavor exists. You can purchase vanilla beans in small quantities at many grocery stores, but this is not cost efficient as a single 8-10 ounce jar of alcohol will need an ounce of beans (which can be anywhere form 6-12 beans depending on the grade and size).

    It is very important to choose beans that are ethically sourced, high quality, and have a good bulk price. I prefer to purchase my vanilla beans from SloFood Group because they check all the boxes AND they have free shipping. 

    *side note of importance: they also carry the most beautiful spices, teas, salts, and gold flakes.

    Alcohol

    1. Vodka:

    The only important thing to know when shopping for vodka, is that it needs to be 70 proof/35% vodka. It is not critical to use a high quality or expensive vodka. In fact, I looked for a bottle that was less expensive to even further lower the costs. In the end, I paid $15 for a one liter bottle of Smirnoff’s that filled four eight ounce jars.

    1. Bourbon, Rum, and More…

    It is possible to make vanilla extract in other alcohols as well as vodka. I (and a lot of pros who I learned this from) recommend using plain vodka for the first try, but I have heard a lot of good things from people who have fun creating specialty extracts with different alcohols. 

    1. Glycerin:

    Glycerin is an alcohol free alternative to those who do not want to use alcohol in their extracts. I will not be going over how to make extract with glycerin, because I haven’t tried it yet, but know that it is a great alternative if you are not interested in using alcohol for whatever reason.

    Containers

    I do not recommend spending a lot of money (or any really) on any specific jars. I do recommend using glass jars with a good seal, but any old (clean) sauce jar will do. I happen to keep quite a lot of Ball canning jars on hand in various sizes, and those work perfectly. I love 12 ounce jars and 8 ounce jars.

    I did purchase some beautiful 8 oz. amber bottles, but I’m going to be using them to pour my finished extracts into, rather than using them during the extraction process.

    How to Make Your Own Vanilla Extract

    You already know why you should make your own vanilla extract and what you need to make your own vanilla extract, but how do you actually make it? Here’s a simple breakdown of the different processes.

    • Option #1- Slicing/Cutting the Beans

    Slicing the vanilla beans requires you to slice your beans down the middle to expose the vanilla seeds. Doing this allows your extract to be finished much more quickly, since the vanillin doesn’t have to go through the shell of the bean due to the caviar (vanilla bean seeds) being exposed. However, it is more difficult to use the beans afterwards in other uses, such as vanilla sugar or vanilla bean paste, and the vanilla will be filled with vanilla bean flecks rather than being a pure, clean liquid.

    Cutting the beans is simply chopping them into smaller pieces and is ideal for when your jar is too small for whole beans (even folded whole beans). Since cutting also exposes the inside of the bean (although much less so than slicing), the extract will take much less time to be finished since the vanillin doesn’t have to travel all the way through the shell of the bean. Again, the caviar finds its way into the extract, and it is more difficult to use these cut beans after the extract is complete, although certainly not impossible.

    When slicing or cutting your beans, you can expect your extract to be usable as soon as 3-4 months.

    • Option #2- Leaving the Beans Whole

    Another way to make extract is to leave the vanilla beans whole. When using a jar shorter than the vanilla bean itself, simply fold the beans in half. Of course, an obvious reason to leave beans whole is that you can reuse the beans afterwards thanks to the caviar staying inside the bean. This method does take a significantly longer amount of time, with the vanilla extract being usable in about 6-12 months.

    The Ratio:

    One ounce of beans : Eight ounces of vodka

    *It is not about bean count. You have to weigh them.

    The Process

    #1. Shop for your beans, making sure to select Grade B beans in whatever style you like.

    #2. Choose which method you are going to use- slicing, cutting, or leaving the beans whole.

    #3. Weigh your vanilla beans in a clean glass jar before pouring the correct measured amount of vodka over the beans. Make sure to fully submerge the beans.

    #4. Cover tightly and shake well.

    #5. Label the jars with what types of beans you used, how much the beans weighed, how much vodka was used, and the date it was made.

    #6. Store the jars in a cool, darker environment and vigorously shake every week.

    If you cut your beans, your vanilla may be ready in as little as 3-4 months. If you left them whole, it will be ready in 6-12 months.

    Don’t stress too hard about your jar amounts being perfect. In order to make sure all my beans were covered in the 12 ounce jar, I had to put more vodka in it. Originally I had eight ounces of vodka with one ounce of beans. Because I added two ounces of vodka, I just added a few more beans.

    The above photo shows the difference that a week can make. Obviously, the bottom one is not even close to being done, but there is definitely color to the alcohol.

    The first jar of extract was made only a few minutes before taking the photo. The jar in the middle is over a week old. Both the first and second jar is made of whole, folded in half vanilla beans. The third jar is the same age as the middle jar, but the beans have been cut, sliced in half, and the caviar scraped into the jar. This jar is going to be ready much more quickly since the vanillin doesn’t need to travel slowly from the center of the bean and through the pod.

    I can’t let you go without a warning, however. Making your own vanilla extract is EXTREMELY addicting. I plan to stock up on several 4 oz packs of beans during the sale at Slo Food Group because saving $10 per pack is not something to miss, and I want to make a few jars of extract every few months to make sure that I always have vanilla on hand. 

    Make sure you hop on the homemade vanilla extract train while the sale is still on at Slo Food Group. Use code MY40 for $10 off a 4 ounce package of vanilla beans (Ecuadorian, Ugandan, PNG, and Madagascar).

    Comment below which extract I should make next! I’m thinking chocolate, coffee, cinnamon, almond, lemon…

    If you try making your own vanilla extract, make sure to tag me on Instagram @linenandgray so I can give it a like. Thanks for reading! 🙂

    Emily

    Primary Sidebar

    Footer

    ↑ back to top

    About

    • Privacy Policy
    • Disclaimer
    • Terms & Conditions
    • Accessibility Policy

    Newsletter

    • Sign Up! for emails and updates

    Contact

    • Contact
    • Services
    • Media Kit
    • FAQ

    As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

    Copyright © 2024 Foodie Pro on the Feast Plugin